(en)Aminophosphonic acid derivatives (e.g., 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonate monoester) are represented by the following general formula (1):
and act as effective S1P receptor modulators while posing less side effects.
and act as effective S1P receptor modulators while posing less side effects.
1.ApplicationNumber: US-21318708-A
1.PublishNumber: US-2008275008-A1
2.Date Publish: 20081106
3.Inventor: KOHNO YASUSHI
TANAKA KIYOAKI
KURIYAMA KAZUHIKO
HORI WATARU
4.Inventor Harmonized: KOHNO YASUSHI(JP)
TANAKA KIYOAKI(JP)
KURIYAMA KAZUHIKO(JP)
HORI WATARU(JP)
5.Country: US
6.Claims:
(en)Aminophosphonic acid derivatives (e.g., 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonate monoester) are represented by the following general formula (1):
and act as effective S1P receptor modulators while posing less side effects.
7.Description:
(en)TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to aminophosphonic acid derivatives, salts and hydrates thereof that are useful as modulators of sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor.
BACKGROUND ART
Patent Article 1
WO pamphlet 0198301
Patent Article 2
WO pamphlet 03020313
Patent Article 3
WO pamphlet 02092068
Patent Article 4
WO pamphlet 0218395
Patent Article 5
WO pamphlet 02076995
Patent Article 6
Japanese Patent Laid-Open
Publication No. Hei 2003-137894
Patent Article 7
WO Pamphlet 03040097
Patent Article 8
WO Pamphlet 02064616
Patent Article 9
WO Pamphlet 02062389
Patent Article 10
WO Pamphlet 03051876
Patent Article 11
WO Pamphlet 03061567
Patent Article 12
WO Pamphlet 03062248
Patent Article 13
WO Pamphlet 03062252
Patent Article 14
WO Pamphlet 03073986
Non-Patent Article 1
Y. Takuma et al., Mol. Cell.
Endocrinol., 177, 3(2001)
Non-Patent Article 2
Y. Igarashi, Ann, N.Y. Acad. Sci.,
845, 19(1998)
Non-Patent Article 3
H. Okazaki et al., Biochem.
Biophs. Res. Commun., 190, 1104(1993)
Non-Patent Article 4
S. Mandala et al., Science, 296,
346(2002)
Non-Patent Article 5
V. Brinkmann et al., J. Biol.
Chem., 277, 21453(2002)
Sphingosine-1-phosphate (referred to simply as S1P, hereinafter), which was previously considered a mere intermediate product in the metabolism of sphingosine, has proven to have an ability to facilitate cell growth and regulate cell motility. Studies have now shown that S1P, a previously unknown lipid mediator, is involved in a wide range of physiological actions, including apoptisis, modification of cell morphology and vascular contraction (Non-Patent Article 1 and Non-Patent Article 2). The lipid acts both as an intracellular second messenger and as an intercellular mediator; its role as an intercellular mediator has been particularly intensively studied. S1P induces signal transduction via a family of cell membrane G-protein-coupled receptors designated as Edg (which stands for Endothelial Differential Gene) (Non-Patent Article 1 and Non-Patent Article 3). Currently known subtypes of S1P receptors are Edg-1, Edg-3, Edg-5, Edg-6 and Edg-8, which are also referred to as S1P 1 , S1P 3 , S1P 2 , S1P 4 and S1P 5 , respectively.
Many studies of these S1P receptors suggest that S1P receptor modulators, which bind to these receptors and act as agonists or antagonists of S1P receptors, are effective against a broad spectrum of diseases. For example, compounds that act on Edg-5 have been shown effective against arteriosclerosis, renal fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis and hepatic fibrosis (Patent Article 1). Compounds that act on Edg-1, Edg-3 or Edg-5 have been shown to be effective therapeutic or prophylactic agents against various respiratory diseases, including chronic bronchial asthma, diffuse pulmonary hamartoangiomyomatosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), interstitial pneumonia, idiopathic interstitial pneumonia, lung cancer and hypersensitivity pneumonitis (Patent Article 2). In addition, compounds that act as Edg-1 agonists have been shown to be effective therapeutic or prophylactic agents for peripheral vascular diseases, such as arteriosclerosis obliterans, thromboangiitis obliterans, Buerger's disease and diabetic neuropathy, septicemia, angiitis, nephritis, pneumonia, cerebral infarction, myocardial infarction, edema, arteriosclerosis, varicose veins, such as piles, anal fissure and anal fistula, dissecting arterial aneurysm, stenocardia, DIC, pleuritis, congestive heart failure, multiple organ failure, bed sore, burn, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, heart transplantation, kidney transplantation, skin transplantation, liver transplantation, bone marrow transplantation, osteoporosis, chronic hepatitis, hepatic cirrhosis, chronic renal failure and glomerulosclerosis (Patent Article 3). Furthermore, compounds that act as agonists of S1P receptors have been shown to modulate the migration of leukocytes (Non-Patent Article 4 and Non-Patent Article 5). Moreover, the derivatives mentioned in the aforementioned Non-Patent Articles have been shown effective not only against various organ transplants and GVHD, but also against autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, lupus nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, type I and type II diabetes and Crohn's disease, allergic diseases, such as atopic dermatitis, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic contact dermatitis, and inflammatory diseases, such as inflammatory bowel disease and ulcerative colitis (Patent Article 4 and Patent Article 5). Phosphoric acid derivatives similar to what are described in Patent Articles 4 and 5 and act as antagonists of S1P receptors are described in Patent Article 6. Other S1P receptor modulators are disclosed in Patent Articles 7, 8, 9 and 10.
In the course of the studies to develop compounds that have an ability to modulate S1P receptors, which are involved in the onset of various disorders, the present inventors have drawn the attention to aminophosphonic acid derivatives having different structures from previously known compounds and have made an effort in searching for novel modulators of S1P receptors. Quite recently, S1P receptor agonists having an amino group along with a phosphonic acid unit were disclosed in Patent Articles 11, 12 and 13. Each of these compounds has a structure in which the amino group is integrated in their linking backbone. This structure differs from the structure of the compounds of the present invention, which essentially has the form of β-aminophosphonic acid or γ-aminophosphonic acid in which an amino group exists on the linking backbone. Patent Article 14 describes similar compounds but the compounds of the present invention are not included.
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
It is thus an objective of the present invention to provide an aminophosphonic acid derivative that can effectively modulate S1P receptors with less side effects.
The present inventors have conducted extensive studies to find compounds that have an ability to modulate S1P receptors and are highly safe. As a result, the inventors have found that certain aminophosphonic acid derivatives with a diarylsulfide or diarylether group that have a different structure from any of previously known S1P receptor modulators act as potent modulators of S1P receptors. It is this finding that led to the present invention.
Accordingly, the present invention provides an S1P receptor modulator containing as an active ingredient at least one of aminophosphonic acid derivatives represented by the following general formula (1):
[wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a halogenated or unhalogenated lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, an aralkyl group, a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy group, a cyclohexylmethyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyloxy group, a pyridylmethyloxy group, a cinnamyloxy group, a naphthylmethyloxy group, a phenoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a lower alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a benzylthio group, an acetyl group, a nitro group or a cyano group; R 2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a halogenated or unhalogenated lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group or an aralkyloxy group; R 3 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a benzyloxy group, a phenyl group, a lower alkoxymethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a lower alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkoxymethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkylthiomethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxymethyl group, a phenyl group or an aralkyl group; R 5 is a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; X is O, S, SO or SO 2 ; Y is —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —CH═CF—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CFH—, —CH 2 CF 2 — or —CH(OH)CF 2 —; and n is an integer from 1 to 4], and an optical isomer, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and a hydrate thereof.
More specifically,
(I) the present invention provides: an aminophosphonic acid derivative represented by the following general formula (1):
[wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Y and n are as defined above], and an optical isomer, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and a hydrate thereof;
(II) 2-aminophosphonic acid monoester derivative represented by the following general formula (1a):
[wherein R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above], and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof;
(III) 2-aminophosphonic acid monoester derivative represented by the general formula (1a) and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof;
(IV) 3-aminophosphonic acid derivative represented by the following general formula (1b):
[wherein z is CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —CH═CF—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CHF—, —CH 2 CF 2 — or —CH(OH)CF 2 —; and R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above], and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof;
(V) 3-aminophosphonic acid derivative represented by the general formula (1b), and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof, wherein R 3 is a chlorine atom; and
(VI) An S1P receptor modulator containing as an active ingredient at least one of the compounds of (I) to (V) above.
The compounds of the general formulae (1), (1a) and (1b) are novel compounds.
Among preferred compounds of the present invention are aminophosphonic acid ester derivatives according to claim 1 , including 1) 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonic acid monoester, 2) 2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylbutylphosphonic acid monoester, 3) 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid monoester, 4) 2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonic acid monoester, 5) 3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid and 6) 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
Pharmaceutically acceptable alkaline salts of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) according to the present invention include sodium salts, potassium salts, magnesium salts, calcium salts and aluminum salts. Acid salts of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, acetates, trifluoroacetates, methanesulfonates, citrates and tartarates.
The halogen atom in the general formula (1) may be fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The lower alkyl group as in the “lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkyl group sulfinyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkyl sulfonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms” or the “lower alkoxymethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms” in the general formula (1) is a straight-chained or branched hydrocarbon having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, including methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and t-butyl. The “substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy group” or “substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group” in the general formula (1) is a phenoxy or aralkyl group that has at some position on its benzene ring a halogen atom, such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The “aralkyl group” as in “aralkyl group” or “aralkyloxy group” in the general formula (1) may be a benzyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a phenethyl group or a phenylpropyl group.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) according to the present invention, those in which Y is —CH 2 O— and R5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which are represented by the following general formula (1c):
(wherein R 6 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following pathway:
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (3):
(wherein R 7 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the following general formula (2):
(wherein A is a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X and n are as defined above) with a compound represented by the following general formula (8):
(wherein R 4 and R 7 are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step A).
This reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) or tetrahydrofurane (THF) as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium alkoxide, potassium alkoxide, potassium carbonate and sodium carbonate.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (4):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (3) (Step B).
This reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMF or DMSO as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature and in the presence of a base, such as aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide. Preferably, the compound of the general formula (3) is reacted with potassium hydroxide in an ethanol solvent at 50° C.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (5):
(wherein R 8 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by allowing the compound of the general formula (4) to undergo Curtis rearrangement (Step C).
This reaction can be carried out by using common techniques for converting a carboxyl group into a carbamate. One such technique involves the use of ethyl chlorocarbonate and NaN 3 . Another preferred technique involves heating diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA) in a benzene or toluene solvent in the presence of a base such as triethylamine while stirring the mixture, followed by addition of a lower alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol and t-butanol and then further heating while stirring the mixture. Alternatively, the reaction may use only a lower alcohol as a reaction solvent and is carried out by heating and stirring the mixture and, preferably, by heat-refluxing the mixture.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (6):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by the reduction of the compound of the general formula (5) (Step D).
This reaction may use an alkylborane derivative such as borane (BH 3 ) and 9-borabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane(9-BBN) and a metal hydride complex such as diisobutylaluminum hydride ((iBu) 2 AlH), sodium borohydride (NaBH 4 ) and lithium aluminum hydride (LiAlH 4 ), preferably lithium borohydride (LiBH 4 ), and uses THF, 1,4-dioxane, ethanol or methanol as a reaction solvent. The reaction may typically be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably at room temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (7):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (6) with a compound represented by the following general formula (9):
P(OR 6 ) 3 (9)
(wherein R 6 is as described above) (Step E).
This reaction may be carried out without any solvent or by using methylene chloride, chloroform, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, THF or ether as a dilution solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature and in the presence of carbon tetrabromide and pyridine.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound of the general formula (1c) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (7) (Step F).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxymethyl group, R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Y is —CH 2 O— and which are represented by the following general formula (1d):
(wherein R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxymethyl group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following pathway:
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound represented by the following general formula (10):
(wherein Boc is t-butoxycarbonyl group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 7 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (2) with a compound represented by the following general formula (13):
(wherein R 7 and Boc are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step G).
This reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium alkoxide, potassium alkoxide, potassium carbonate and sodium carbonate.
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound represented by the following general formula (11):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 9 , X, Boc and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (10) (Step H).
This reaction may use an alkylborane derivative such as BH 3 and 9-BBN and a metal hydride complex such as (iBu) 2 AlH, NaBH 4 and LiAlH 4 , preferably LiBH 4 , and uses THF, 1,4-dioxane, ethanol or methanol as a reaction solvent. The reaction may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably at room temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound represented by the following general formula (12):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , X, Boc and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (11) with a compound represented by the following general formula (9):
P(OR 6 ) 3 (9)
(wherein R 6 is as described above) (Step I).
This reaction may be carried out without any solvent or by using methylene chloride, chloroform, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, THF or ether as a solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature and in the presence of carbon tetrabromide and pyridine.
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound of the general formula (1d) can be obtained by acidolysis of the compound of the general formula (12) (Step J).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which Y is —CH═CH— or —CH 2 —CH 2 — and R 5 is a lower alkyl group, which are represented by the following general formula (1e):
(wherein W is —CH═CH— or —CH 2 —CH 2 —; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following synthetic pathway 3:
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (14):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by oxidation of the compound of the general formula (6) (Step K).
This reaction may be carried out using a common technique for oxidizing alcohol into aldehyde. Among agents used in these techniques are chromium oxide/pyridine complexes, such as pyridinium chlorochromate and pyridinium dichromate, and metal oxidizing agents, such as chromium oxide, silver carbonate and manganese dioxide. DMSO oxidation using DMSO activating agents, such as oxalyl chloride, anhydrous trifluoroacetic acid, anhydrous acetic acid, DCC and sulfur trioxide/pyridine complex, may also be employed.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (15):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (14) with a compound represented by the following general formula (19):
(wherein R 6 are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step L).
This reaction may use THF, ether or 1,4-dioxane as a reaction solvent and can be carried out at a reaction temperature of −78° C. to room temperature and in the presence of sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium alkoxide or potassium alkoxide, preferably n-butyllithium.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (16):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (15) (Step M).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and is preferably carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (17):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (15) (Step N).
This reaction can be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and is carried out at room temperature under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (18):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (17) (Step O).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
The compound of the general formula (18) can also be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (16) (Step P). In such a case, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and may be carried out under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure at room temperature.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which Y is —CH═CF— or —CH 2 CHF— and R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which are represented by the following general formula (1f):
(wherein Q is —CH═CF— or —CH 2 CHF—; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following synthetic pathway 4:
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (20):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (14) with the compound represented by the following general formula (24):
FBr 2 CPO(OR 6 ) 2 (24)
(wherein R 6 is as defined above) in the presence of chlorotrimethylsilane (Step Q).
This reaction may use n-butyllithium or lithium diisopropylamide as a base and 1,4-dioxane, ether or, preferably, THF as a solvent and may be carried out at −78° C. to 0° C.
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (21):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (20) (Step R).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (22):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (20) (Step S).
This reaction can be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at room temperature under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure.
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (23):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (21) (Step T) or acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (22) (Step U).
This reduction process can be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at room temperature under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure. The acidolysis or hydrolysis process may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Y is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CHF— or —CH 2 CF 2 —, which are represented by the following general formula (1g):
(wherein T is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CHF— or —CH 2 CF 2 —; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following synthetic pathway 5:
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound represented by the following general formula (25):
(wherein U is an iodine atom, a bromine atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced from the compound of the general formula (6) (Step V).
For the introduction of methanesulfonyloxy group or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, ethyl acetate and THF is used along with a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, lutidine and 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine, and the compound of the general formula (6) is preferably reacted with methanesulfonyl chloride or anhydrous trifluoromethanesulfonate at −45° C. to room temperature.
The brominated or iodized compound is synthesized by reacting the methanesulfonyloxylated product obtained in the above process with sodium bromide, sodium iodide, potassium bromide, potassium iodide, lithium bromide or lithium iodide at room temperature to reflux temperature in a solvent such as toluene, benzene or THF.
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound represented by the following general formula (26-1):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (25) with a compound represented by the following general formula (27):
PO(OR 6 ) 3 (27)
(wherein R 6 is as defined above) (Step W-1).
This reaction is preferably carried out in the absence of solvent and using the compound of the general formula (27) as a solvent and is preferably carried out at 100 to 150° C. or at reflux temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound represented by the following general formula (26-2):
(wherein V is a fluorinated or unfluorinated methylene group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (25) with a compound represented by the following general formula (28):
HVPO(OR 6 ) 2 (28)
(wherein R 6 and V are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step W-2).
This reaction may be carried out in the presence of such a base as lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide and lithium tetramethylpiperidide in such a reaction solvent as THF and 1,4-dioxane and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of −78° C. to room temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound of the general formula (1g) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (26-1) or (26-2) (Step X).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Y is —CH(OH)CF 2 — and which are represented by the following general formula (1h):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be synthesized through the following synthetic pathway 6:
In the synthetic pathway 6, the compound represented by the following general formula (29):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (14) with a compound represented by the following general formula (30):
HCF 2 PO(OR 6 ) 2 (30)
(wherein R 6 is as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step Y).
This reaction may use n-butyllithium, preferably lithium diisopropylamide, as a base and 1,4-dioxane or ether, preferably THF, as a solvent and may be carried out at −78° C. to 0° C.
In the synthetic pathway 6, the compound of the general formula (1h) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (29) (Step Z).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 5 is hydrogen and which are represented by the following general formula (1i):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X, Y and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or treatment with trimethylsilyl bromide or trimethylsilyl iodide of the compound represented by the following general formula (31):
(wherein R 10 is a hydrogen atom or a lower alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X, Y and n are as defined above).
The acidolysis process is preferably carried out in an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid and hydrobromic acid or in a mixture with an organic acid such as methanol and ethanol and is preferably carried out at reflux temperature.
Alternatively, the reaction may use acetonitrile or methylene chloride as a solvent and the compound of the general formula (31) may be treated with trimethylsilyl bromide or trimethylsilyl iodide, or the combination of trimethylsilyl chloride and sodium bromide or sodium iodide. In such a case, the reaction is preferably carried out at 0° C. to room temperature.
The compounds of the respective general formulae in which X is SO or SO 2 may also be obtained by oxidation of the corresponding compounds in which X is S.
Such a reaction may use 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF, THF, methylene chloride or chloroform as a reaction solvent and potassium permanganate, m-chlorobenzoic acid or aqueous hydrogen peroxide as an oxidizing agent and is preferably carried out at 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably at room temperature.
EXAMPLES
The present invention will now be described with reference to specific examples, which are not intended to limit the scope of the invention in any way.
Reference Example 1
2-chloro-4-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenylthio]benzaldehyde
To a DMF solution (20 mL) of 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (1.15 g) and 3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophenol (1.33 g), potassium carbonate (2.76 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 120° C. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1). This gave the desired product as a pale yellow oil (1.96 g).
Reference Examples 2 Through 57
In a similar manner to Reference Example 1, different thiophenols and phenols were used to synthesize the different compounds shown in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
2
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
3
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
4
Me
H
H
H
O
5
o-i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
6
C 6 H 11
H
H
H
O
7
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
8
CF 3
H
H
H
O
9
CF,
H
OMe
H
O
10
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
11
CF 3
H
H
OCH 2 Ph
O
12
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
13
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
14
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
15
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
16
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
17
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
18
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
19
CF 3
c-MeO
H
Cl
O
20
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
21
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
22
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
23
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
24
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
25
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
26
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
27
CF 3
c-NO 2
H
H
O
28
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
29
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
30
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
31
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
32
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
33
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
34
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
35
PhCH 3 O
H
H
SMe
O
36
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
37
PhCH 8 O
H
H
Et
O
38
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
39
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
40
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
41
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
42
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
43
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
44
MeO
c-CF 3
H
H
O
45
MeS
H
H
H
O
46
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
47
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
48
Cl
c-cl
H
H
S
49
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
50
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
S
51
CF 3
H
H
H
S
52
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
53
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
54
MeO
H
H
H
S
55
MeO
H
H
CF 3
S
56
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
57
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 58
2-fluoro-4-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]benzaldehyde
3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboric acid (1.03 g) and 2-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (760 mg) were dissolved in methylene chloride (20 mL). While the mixture was stirred, copper acetate (985 mg), molecular sieve 4A (800 mg) and triethylamine (3.76 mL) were added to the mixture. An equal amount of copper acetate was added after 6 hours and after 24 hours. After 48 hours of stirring, the insoluble materials were removed by filtration and the filtrate was poured in water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=7:1 then 2:1). This gave the desired product as a pale yellow oil (265 mg).
Reference Example 59
4-[(3-benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2-fluorobenzaldehyde
In a similar manner to Reference Example 58, 3-benzyloxyphenylboric acid and 2-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde were used to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 60
Ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenylthio]cinnamate
At 0° C. and under a stream of argon gas, 60% sodium hydride (272 mg) was added to a THF solution (30 mL) of ethyl diethylphosphonoacetate (1.35 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min and a THF solution (15 mL) of the compound of Reference Example 1 (1.96 g) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours while kept at the same temperature. This was followed by addition of water and extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (1.72 g).
Reference Examples 61 Through 118
In a similar manner to Reference Example 60, the compounds of Reference Examples 2 through 59 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 2 below.
TABLE 2
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
61
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
62
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
63
Me
H
H
H
O
64
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
65
C 6 H 11
H
H
H
O
66
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
67
CF 3
H
H
H
O
68
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
69
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
70
CF 3
H
H
OCH 2 Ph
O
71
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
72
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
73
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
74
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
75
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
76
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
77
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
78
CF 3
c-MeO
H
Cl
O
79
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
80
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
81
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
82
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
83
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
84
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
85
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
86
CF 3
H
H
F
O
87
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
88
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
89
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
90
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
91
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
92
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
93
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
94
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
95
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
96
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
97
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
98
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
99
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
100
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
101
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
102
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
103
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
104
MeO
c-CF 3
H
H
O
105
MeS
H
H
H
O
106
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
107
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
108
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
S
109
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
110
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
S
111
CF 3
H
H
H
S
112
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
113
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
114
MeO
H
H
H
S
115
MeO
H
H
CF 3
S
116
CF 3
c-NO 2
H
H
O
117
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
118
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 119
Methyl 4′-(3-ethylphenoxy)cinnamate
To a DMF solution (50 mL) of 3-ethylphenol (1.13 g) and methyl 4′-fluorocinnamate (834 mg), potassium carbonate (1.92 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours at 140° C. The reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=30:1). This gave the desired product as a yellow oil (540 mg).
Reference Example 120
Methyl 4′-(3-isobutylphenoxy)cinnamate
To a DMF solution (10 mL) of 3-isobutylphenol (451 mg) and methyl 4′-fluorocinnamate (541 mg), potassium carbonate (622 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours at 140° C. The reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=30:1). This gave the desired product as a yellow oil (278 mg).
Reference Example 121
Ethyl 4′-[(3-phenoxymethyl)phenoxy]cinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 63 (2.82 g) was dissolved in tetrachlorocarbon (50 mL). To this solution, N-bromosuccinimide (2.31 g) was added and the mixture was stirred while heated and exposed to light. After 24 hours, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=6:1). This gave ethyl 4′-[(3-bromomethyl)phenoxy]cinnamate as a yellow oil (1.30 g). The resultant brominated product (1.24 g) was dissolved in DMF (25 mL). To this solution, phenol (380 mg) and potassium carbonate (500 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 60° C. The reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (1.30 g).
Reference Example 122
Ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 60 (1.72 g) was dissolved in ethanol (70 mL). While the solution was stirred at 0° C., bismuth chloride (703 mg) was added. Subsequently, sodium borohydride (673 mg) was added in small portions and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at this temperature and 3 hours at room temperature. Ice water was added and the crystallized insoluble inorganic residue was removed by filtration through Celite. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.50 g) (Process A).
Reference Example 123
Methyl 4′-(3-ethylphenoxy)dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 119 (540 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and 10%-Pd/C (80.0 mg) was added. Under a stream of hydrogen, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (Process B).
Reference Example 124
Ethyl 2′-benzyloxy-4′-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 70 (2.29 mg) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and 5%-Pd/C-ethylenediamine complex (230 mg) was added. Under a stream of hydrogen, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (2.30 g) (Process C).
Reference Example 125
Methyl 4′-[(3-methylthio)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
Under a stream of argon gas, the compound of Reference Example 105 (4.07 g) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL). While the solution was stirred at 10° C., magnesium (1.00 g) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours while kept at this temperature, and diluted hydrochloric acid was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (3.70 g) (Process D).
Reference Examples 126 Through 182
Similarly, the compounds of Reference Examples 61 through 69, 71 through 104, 106 through 116, 117 and 118, and 120 and 121 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 3 below.
TABLE 3
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
Process
126
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
A
127
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
B
128
Me
H
H
H
O
B
129
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
A
130
C 5 H 11
H
H
H
O
B
131
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
B
132
CF 3
H
H
H
O
B
133
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
B
134
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
B
135
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
B
136
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
B
137
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
B
138
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
B
139
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
A
140
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
A
141
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
A
142
CF 3
c-MeO
H
Cl
O
B
143
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
A
144
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
B
145
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
B
146
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
A
147
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
B
148
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
B
149
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
A
150
CF 3
H
H
F
O
B
151
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
F
O
A
152
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
H
O
A
153
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
A
154
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
A
155
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
C
156
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
B
157
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
A
158
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
A
159
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
A
160
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
A
161
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
A
162
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
A
163
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
A
164
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
A
165
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
A
166
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
A
167
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
A
168
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
A
169
MeO
c-CF 3
H
H
O
B
170
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
A
171
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
A
172
Cl
H
H
H
S
D
173
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
A
174
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
S
D
175
CF 3
H
H
H
S
A
176
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
A
177
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
A
178
MeO
H
H
H
S
A
179
MeO
H
H
CF 3
S
A
180
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
B
181
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
A
182
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
A
D = Methyl ester
Reference Example 183
Ethyl 4′-[3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 116 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 124 to obtain ethyl 4′-[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate. An MeCN solution (15 mL) containing this compound (1.27 g) was added to an MeCN solution (40 mL) containing copper chloride (725 mg) and tBuONO (0.51 mL). This mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature, followed by addition of water and extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed with water and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1). This gave the desired product as a pale yellow oil (1.10 g).
Reference Example 184
Benzyl 4′-[3-benzyloxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 169 (840 mg) was dissolved in methylene chloride (20 mL). While the solution was stirred at 0° C., a 1 mol/L methylene chloride solution of tribromoboron (3.42 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Subsequently, ice water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give 4′-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-hydroxyphenoxy)dihydrocinnamic acid as a pale brown powder (750 mg). The resulting powder was dissolved in DME (50 mL). To this solution, potassium carbonate (1.04 g) and benzyl bromide (0.602 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a brown oil.
Reference Example 185
Benzyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorodihydrocinnamate
Using the compound of Reference Example 177, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 184 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 186
Benzyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-dihydrocinnamate
Using the compound of Reference Example 178, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 184 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 187
Ethyl 4′-[3-benzyloxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-2′-chlorodihydrocinnamate
In the same manner as in Reference Example 184, the compound of Reference Example 142 was reacted to give 2′-chloro-4′-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-hydroxyphenoxy)dihydrocinnamic acid. This cinnamic acid (1.47 g) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., thionyl chloride (3 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours while kept at this temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1 and then 6:1) to give ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-hydroxyphenoxy)dihydrocinnamate as a colorless oil (1.38 g). In the same manner as in Reference Example 184, the resulting ester was converted into a benzyl ether using potassium carbonate and benzyl bromide. This gave the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 188
Ethyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-trifluoromethyldihydrocinnamate
Using the compound of Reference Example 179, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 187 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 189
4′-[(3-benzyloxy)phenylthio]-2′-chlorodihydrocinnamyl alcohol
The compound of Reference Example 185 (7.40 g) was dissolved in THF (100 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., lithium aluminum hydride (500 mg) was added. After 10 min, a 20% aqueous solution of NaOH was added and the crystallized insoluble inorganic residue was removed by filtration through Celite. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (6.37 g).
Reference Examples 190 Through 251
In a similar manner to Reference Example 189, the compounds of Reference Examples 122 through 141, 143 through 168, 170 through 177 and 180 through 188 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 4 below.
TABLE 4
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
190
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
191
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
192
Me
H
H
H
O
193
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
184
C 5 H 11
H
H
H
O
195
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
196
CF 3
H
H
H
O
197
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
198
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
199
CF 3
H
CF 3 H
O
O
200
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
201
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
202
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
203
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
204
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
205
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
208
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
207
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
208
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
209
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
210
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
211
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
212
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
213
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
214
CF 3
H
H
F
O
215
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
218
CF 3
H
H
Cl
S
217
Et
H
H
H
O
218
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
O
219
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
220
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
221
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
222
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
223
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
224
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
225
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
228
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
227
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
228
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
229
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
230
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
231
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
232
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
233
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
234
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
235
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
O
236
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
237
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
238
Cl
H
H
H
S
239
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
240
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
S
241
CF 3
H
H
H
S
242
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
243
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
244
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
S
245
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
S
246
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
247
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
O
248
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
O
249
MeS
H
H
H
O
250
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
251
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 252
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chloro-dihydrocinnamyl iodide
The compound of Reference Example 189 (1.38 g) was dissolved in THF (20 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., imidazole (545 mg), triphenylphosphine (2.10 g) and iodine (2.00 g) were added. The mixture was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and subsequent 1.5 hours at room temperature, and additional imidazole (160 mg), triphenyl phosphine (600 mg) and iodine (50 mg) were added. The mixture was stirred overnight, followed by the addition of water and then sodium thiosulfate. The reaction mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=50:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.55 g).
Reference Examples 253 Through 314
In a similar manner to Reference Example 252, the compounds of Reference Examples 190 through 251 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 5 below.
TABLE 5
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
253
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
254
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
255
Me
H
H
H
O
256
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
257
C 6 H 11
H
H
H
O
258
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
259
CF 3
H
H
H
O
260
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
261
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
262
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
263
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
264
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
265
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
266
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
267
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
268
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
269
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
270
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
271
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
272
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
273
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
274
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-PH(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
275
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-PH(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
276
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-PH(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
277
CF 3
H
H
F
O
278
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
279
CF 3
H
H
Cl
S
280
Et
H
H
H
O
281
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
O
282
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
283
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
284
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
285
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
288
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
287
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
288
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
289
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
290
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
291
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
292
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
293
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
294
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
295
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
296
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
297
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
298
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
O
299
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
300
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
301
Cl
H
H
H
S
302
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
303
CF 3
c-Me H
H
H
S
304
CF 3
H
H
H
S
305
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
306
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
307
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
S
308
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
S
309
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
310
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
O
311
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
O
312
MeS
H
H
H
O
313
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
314
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 315
4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzyl bromide
Using 3,5-dichlorophenol and 4-fluorobenzaldehyde, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 to obtain 4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzaldehyde. Subsequently, the same procedure as in Reference Example 189 was followed using sodium borohydride in place of the lithium aluminum hydride. This gave 4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzyl alcohol. The resulting alcohol (2.03 g), along with carbon tetrabromide (2.75 g), was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., triphenyl phosphine (2.17 g) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and at room temperature for the subsequent 30 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (3.12 g).
Reference Example 316
1-iodopropyl-4-[(3-methanesulfinyl)phenoxy]benzene
The compound of Reference Example 312 (1.80 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., m-chlorobenzoic acid (770 mg) was added in small portions. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 1 hour and at room temperature for the subsequent 24 hours. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium carbonate and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1 and then 1:2) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (1.29 g).
Reference Example 317
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
Reference Example 317-1
2′-chloro-4′-(3-methoxyphenylthio)benzyl cyanide
The compound of Reference Example 53 was treated in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to obtain an alcohol. The alcohol (5.64 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (100 mL) and phosphorus tribromide (2.25 mL) was added dropwise. Following stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, ice water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and an aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation to obtain a pale yellow oil. The oil and potassium cyanide (1.56 g) were dissolved in a mixture of DMSO (25 mL) and water (10 mL) and the solution was stirred at 90° C. for 5 hours. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1) to give the desired cyano-product as a pale yellow oil (3.81 g).
Reference Example 317-2
Ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-(3-methoxyphenylthio)phenylacetate
The cyano-product (3.81 g) and potassium hydroxide (3.68 g) were added to a mixture of ethanol (80 mL) and water (10 mL), and the solution was refluxed for 6 hours. Subsequently, the solution was allowed to cool and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was neutralized with diluted hydrochloric acid. This mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and ethanol (50 mL) and thionyl chloride (2 mL) were added to the resulting residue. This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and the solvent was removed by distillation. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1) to give the ethyl ester product as a colorless oil (3.89 g).
Reference Example 317-3
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
The ethyl ester was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 187 to obtain ethyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenyl-acetate. The product was reduced as in Reference Example 189 to obtain an alcohol, which in turn was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 318
1-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-3-chloro-4-iodobutylbenzene
Reference Example 318-1
4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenethyl aldehyde
Ethyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenylacetate obtained in Reference Example 317-3 was subjected to alkali-hydrolysis. The resulting product was condensed with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine to form an amide product, which in turn was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to give the desired aldehyde product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 318-2
Ethyl 4-[(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]butyrate
The compound of Reference Example 318-1 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 60 and the unsaturated bonds of the resulting product were reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 122 to give the desired ethyl butyrate derivative.
Reference Example 318-3
1-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-3-chloro-4-iodobutylbenzene
The compound of Reference Example 318-2 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to obtain an alcohol product, which in turn was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 319
4′-[(3-benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
The compound of Reference Example 56 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 317 to obtain the desired product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 320
4-[(3-benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2-chloro-1-iodobutylbenzene
The compound of Reference Example 56 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 318 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
Reference Example 321
41-benzyloxydihydrocinnamyl iodide
4′-benzyloxydihydrocinnamyl alcohol was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to obtain the desired product as a yellow powder.
Reference Example 322
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorobenzyl bromide
In place of 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde, 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzonitrile was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 to obtain 2-chloro-4-(3-methoxyphenylthio)benzonitrile. Following the same procedure as in Reference Example 317-2, this product was hydrolyzed and, then, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 187, the methoxy group was decomposed and esterified to convert the product into a benzyl ether. The product was then reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to be converted into an alcohol. Subsequently, the product was reacted with carbon tetrabromide in the same manner as in Reference Example 315 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 323
2′-chloro-4′-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)dihydrocinnamyl iodide
Using p-trifluoromethylphenol, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 to obtain an aldehyde. Following the same procedure as in Reference Example 60, the aldehyde was subjected to Horner-Emmons reaction. Subsequently, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 123, the resulting product was reduced and, then, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 189, the reduced product was converted into an alcohol. Subsequently, the alcohol was iodized in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI+): 440 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 2.12-2.19 (2H, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.21 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 6.90 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.04-7.08 (3H, m), 7.23-7.27 (1H, m), 7.60 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz).
Reference Example 324
2′-chloro-4′-(2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)dihydrocinnamyl iodide
Using o-trifluoromethylphenol, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 232 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI+): 440 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 2.11-2.18 (2H, m), 2.83 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.21 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 6.96 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 7.18-7.26 (2H, m), 7.49 (1H, t, J=8.6 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz).
Reference Example 325
4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorobenzaldehyde
p-hydroxythiophenol (2.12 g) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (40 mL). To this solution, 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (2.66 g) and potassium carbonate (4.64 g) were added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 50° C. Subsequently, benzyl bromide (4.00 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours at 50° C. and then for 2.5 hours at 70° C. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Following addition of water, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless solid (5.70 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.12 (2H, s), 6.96-7.03 (3H, m), 7.06 (2H, m), 7.38-7.50 (6H, m), 8.56 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 10.33 (1H, s).
Reference Example 326
4′-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethylaldehyde
To an ice-cold tetrahydrofuran solution (160 mL) of (Methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (8.28 g), t-butoxy potassium (2.71 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, followed by addition of the compound of Reference Example 325 (5.70 g) and 1 hour of stirring. Subsequently, water was added to the mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=6:1). This gave the desired vinyl ether product as a pale yellow oil (6.50 g). This product was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (90 mL). To this solution, a 6 mol/L aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (60 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours at 60° C. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Following addition of water, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=9:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless powder (4.48 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 3.77 (2H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.97-7.04 (3H, m), 7.05-7.10 (1H, m), 7.15 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 7.32-7.46 (7H, m), 9.72 (1H, t, J=1.8 Hz).
Reference Example 327
4′-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
Following the same procedure as in Reference Example 189, the compound of Example 326 was converted into an alcohol. Then, using the same procedure as in Reference Example 252, this alcohol was iodized to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 3.22 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.30 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s) 6.96-7.02 (3H, m), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.9 Hz); 7.33-7.45 (7H, m).
Example 1
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-2-etoxycarbonylpentanoate
At room temperature and under a stream of argon gas, sodium t-butoxide (490 mg) was added to diethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylaminomalonate (1.3 mL) in a mixture of THF (35 mL) and DMF (4 mL). This mixture was stirred for 20 min at 80° C. and was allowed to cool to room temperature. To the cooled mixture, a THF solution (5 mL) of the compound of Reference Example 279 (1.55 g) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 5 hours, was poured into ice water, and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=5:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.87 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.22-1.36 (6H, m), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.45-1.53 (2H, m), 2.37 (2H, br), 2.74 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 4.23 (4H, m), 5.94 (1H, s), 7.16-7.21 (2H, m), 7.36-7.56 (5H, m).
Examples 2 through 67
In a similar manner to Example 1, the halogen derivatives of respective Reference Examples were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Tables 6 and 7 below.
TABLE 6
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
2
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
74
3
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
64
4
CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
5
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
6
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
3
Colorless oil
100
7
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
8
CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
92
9
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
3
Yellow oil
47
10
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
89
11
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
94
12
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
91
13
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
83
14
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
3
Colorless oil
90
15
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
97
16
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
96
17
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
3
Colorless oil
100
18
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
98
19
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
20
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
92
21
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
95
22
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
3
Colorless oil
100
23
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
3
Colorless oil
—
24
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
3
Colorless oil
100
25
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
3
Colorless oil
72
26
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
2
Pale yellow oil
100
27
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
3
Colorless oil
100
28
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
4
Colorless oil
100
29
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
99
30
Cl
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
82
31
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
3
Colorless oil
68
32
Et
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
33
SOMe
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
34
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
O
1
Colorless oil
56
35
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
O
3
Colorless oil
100
36
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
37
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
38
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
39
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
3
Colorless oil
100
40
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
— Yield is shown in Tables 8-10 in association with the subsequent step.
TABLE 7
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
41
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
O
3
Pale yellow oil
41
42
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
3
Pale yellow oil
72
43
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
93
44
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
2
Colorless oil
—
45
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
4
Colorless oil
—
46
CF 3
H
H
F
O
3
Colorless oil
100
47
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
—
48
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
—
49
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
50
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
3
Colorless oil
100
51
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
3
Colorless oil
—
52
MeS
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
83
53
n-C 5 H 11
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
86
54
c-C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
88
55
iPr
o-iPrO
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
95
56
iPr
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
66
57
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
—
58
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
—
59
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
78
60
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
61
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
3
Colorless oil
—
62
CF 3
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
90
63
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
3
Pale yellow oil
53
64
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
100
65
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
3
Colorless oil
87
66
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
—
67
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
S
3
Colorless oil
100
68
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
1
Colorless oil
100
— Yield is shown in Tables 8-10 in association with the subsequent step.
Example 69
Ethyl 5-[(4-benzyloxy)phenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonylpentanoate
The compound of Reference Example 321 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.22 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.44-1.47 (2H, m), 2.31 (2H, br s), 2.57 (2H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 4.11-4.27 (4H, m), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.92 (1H, br s), 6.88 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.29-7.43 (5H, m).
Example 70
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-isopropoxyphenoxy)phenyl]pentanoate
The compound of Example 69 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 123. The resulting phenol product (850 mg) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL). To this solution, 2-iodopropane (0.2 mL) and potassium carbonate (500 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 60° C. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (760 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.23 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.31 (6H, d, J=5.9 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.45-1.52 (2H, m), 2.34 (2H, br), 2.61 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 4.17-4.27 (4H, m), 4.50 (1H, heptet, 5.9 Hz), 5.94 (1H, br s), 6.50-6.53 (2H, m), 6.59-6.62 (1H, m), 6.92 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.18 (1H, t, J=8.8 Hz).
Example 71
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-5-[4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonylpentanoate
The compound of Example 69 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 123. The resulting phenol product (1.27 g), along with 3,5-dichlorophenylboric acid (1.18 g), was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). While this solution was being stirred, copper acetate (676 mg) and triethylamine (0.86 mL) were added. After 16 hours and a further 8 hours later, the same amount of additional copper acetate was added and the mixture was stirred for the subsequent 40 hours. Subsequently, the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was poured into water and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1) to give the desired product as a pale blue oil (333 mg).
Example 72
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-methanesulfonylphenoxy)phenyl]pentanoate
The compound of Example 33 (1.00 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). To this solution, m-chloroperbenzoic acid (610 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (610 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.24 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.47-1.56 (2H, m), 2.34 (2H, br), 2.64 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.04 (3H, s), 4.18-4.26 (4H, m), 5.95 (1H, br), 6.95 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.17 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (3H, m), 7.47-7.52 (2H, m), 7.62 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz).
Example 73
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfinyl)]phenylpentanoate
The compound of Example 62 (1.50 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (80 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., m-chloroperbenzoic acid (450 mg) was added in small portions. The mixture was then stirred for 1 hour at this temperature and 2 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (1.10 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.18-1.21 (6H, m), 1.40 (9H, s), 1.44-1.52 (2H, m), 2.30 (2H, br), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.14-4.22 (4H, m), 5.91 (1H, br), 7.27 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.56 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.59 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.69 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.78 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.95 (1H, s).
Example 74
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-methylphenylsulfinyl)]phenylpentanoate
In a similar manner to Example 73, the compound of Example 64 was used to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 600 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.18-1.22 (6H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.46-1.50 (2H, m), 2.31 (2H, br), 2.45 (3H, s), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.14-4.22 (4H, m), 5.92 (1H, br s), 7.27 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.48 (1H, s), 7.55 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.62 (1H, s), 7.70 (1H, s).
Example 75
Alternative Process for Synthesizing the Compound of Example 9
Ethyl 5-[4-(3,5-bistrifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonylpentanoate
In a similar manner to Reference Example 123, the compound of Example 69 was reduced and, then, in a similar manner to Example 71, the resulting phenol was reacted with 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylboric acid to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.24 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.47-1.58 (4H, m), 2.36 (2H, br s), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.18-4.26 (4H, m), 5.96 (1H, br s), 6.96 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.20 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.36 (2H, s), 7.55 (1H, s).
Examples 76 and 77
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]propyl-1,3-propanediol (Example 76);
and 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]pentane-1-ol (Example 77)
The compound of Example 1 (1.87 g) was dissolved in THF (30 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., lithium borohydride (675 mg) was added. Ethanol (5 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature while being stirred overnight. Subsequently, ice water was added to the mixture and the organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. A 10% aqueous citric acid was added to the residue to adjust the pH to 3, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the diol (1.10 g) or the monool (0.27 g), each as a colorless oil.
(Compound of Example 76)
FABMS: 520 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ1.43 (9H, s), 1.62-1.65 (4H, m), 2.72 (2H, br), 3.31 (2H, br), 3.57-3.62 (2H, m), 3.81-3.85 (2H, m), 4.93 (1H, s), 7.20-7.27 (3H, m), 7.38-7.55 (4H, m).
(Compound of Example 77)
FABMS: 490 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.63-1.73 (4H, m), 2.72-2.78 (2H, m), 3.57 (1H, br), 3.68-3.70 (2H, m), 4.61 (1H, br s), 7.20-7.22 (2H, m), 7.39-7.55 (5H, m).
Examples 78 through 184
In a similar manner to Example 76, the compounds of 2 through 68 and 70 through 74 were used to synthesize compounds shown in Tables 8 through 10 below.
TABLE 8
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
78
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
79
79
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
12
80
t-Bu
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
78
81
t-Bu
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
15
82
CF 3
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
74
83
CF 3
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
17
84
CF 3
H
OMe
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
85
CF 3
H
OMe
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
5
86
CF 3
H
H
OMe
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
45
87
CF 3
H
H
OMe
H
O
3
Colorless oil
17
88
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
68
89
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
16
90
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
41
91
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
22
92
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
72
93
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Yellow oil
14
94
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
77
95
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
19
96
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless powder
62
97
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless powder
29
98
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
67
99
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
12
100
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
84
101
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
15
102
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
72
103
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
16
104
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
80
105
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
16
106
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
71
107
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
108
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
54
109
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
13
110
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
111
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
10
112
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
82
113
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
7
114
PhO
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
115
PhO
H
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
17
116
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
117
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
118
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
119
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
120
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(38)
121
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
H
O
3
Colorless oil
(10)
Numbers in parentheses are cumulative yields from the previous step.
TABLE 9
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
122
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
75
123
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
124
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
125
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
H
O
3
Colorless oil
8
126
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
2
Colorless powder
41
127
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
S
2
Pale yellow oil
11
128
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless powder
65
129
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
S
3
Colorless oil
26
130
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
4
Colorless oil
76
131
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
S
4
Colorless oil
15
132
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
83
133
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
10
134
Cl
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
41
135
Cl
H
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
31
136
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless amorphous
66
137
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
H
S
3
Colorless oil
13
138
Et
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
139
Et
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
13
140
SOMe
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
67
141
SOMe
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
27
142
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
1
Colorless amorphous
56
143
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
H
O
1
Colorless powder
24
144
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
64
145
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
H
O
3
Colorless oil
5
146
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
77
147
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
19
148
CF 3
H
Cl
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
58
149
CF 3
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
68
150
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
34
151
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
57
152
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
51
153
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
37
154
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
46
155
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
2
Colorless powder
(49)
156
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
4
Colorless oil
(72)
157
CF 3
H
H
F
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
63
158
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(45)
159
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(17)
160
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
161
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
83
162
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(50)
163
MeS
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless powder
56
164
n-C 5 H 11
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
98
165
c-C 7 H 15
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
90
166
IPr
c-IPrO
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
72
167
IPr
c-IPr
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
33
168
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(20)
Numbers in parentheses are cumulative yields from the previous step.
TABLE 10
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
169
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(11)
170
i-Bu
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
92
171
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
64
172
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(62)
173
CF 3
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless powder
89
174
CF 3
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
SO
3
Colorless amorphous
71
175
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
51
176
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless powder
81
177
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
CH 2 OH
SO
3
Colorless powder
65
178
MeO
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
56
179
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
(45)
180
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
66
181
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
50
182
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
13
183
MeSO 2
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless amorphous
78
184
i-PrO
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
68
Numbers in parentheses are cumulative yields from the previous step.
Example 185
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 146 (720 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL). To this solution, Ag 2 O (1.85 g) and MeI (3 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature. Subsequently, the mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated and purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (310 mg).
FABMS: 556 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.43 (9H, s), 1.48-1.81 (4H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.33 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.57 (1H, d, 8.8 Hz), 3.65 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.10 (1H, br s), 6.59-6.62 (2H, m), 6.74 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.84 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 7.00 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.15 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.33-7.42 (5H, m).
Example 186
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyl-5-[4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]pentane-1-ol
In a similar manner to Example 185, the compound of Example 82 was reacted to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 484 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.42 (9H, s), 1.48-1.83 (4H, m), 2.57-2.65 (2H, m), 3.33 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.58 (1H, d, 8.8 Hz), 3.62 (2H, br s), 5.07 (1H, br s), 6.94 (2H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 7.10-7.21 (4H, m), 7.30 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.40 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz).
Example 187
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-hydroxymethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 128 (3.30 g) was dissolved in THF (80 mL). While this solution was kept at 0° C., 60% sodium hydride (600 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, ice water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1 then 100% ethyl acetate) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (2.37 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.63-1.72 (4H, m), 2.74 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.51 (1H, d, J=11.2 Hz), 3.58 (1H, d, J=11.2 Hz), 4.09 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 4.24 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.28 (1H, br s), 6.87-6.90 (1H, m), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.09-7.16 (2H, m), 7.22-7.52 (7H, m).
Example 188
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-iodomethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 187 (2.37 g) was dissolved in pyridine (30 mL). To this solution, p-toluenesulfonylchloride (1.33 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature and a further 5 hours at 60° C. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed sequentially with water, diluted hydrochloric acid and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to obtain a sulfonic acid ester as a colorless oil (2.14 g). The sulfonic acid ester (2.14 g) was dissolved in acetone (20 mL), followed by addition of sodium iodide (2.55 g) and refluxing for 10 hours. Subsequently, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.47 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.59-1.65 (2H, m), 1.83-1.89 (2H, m), 2.75 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.31 (2H, s), 4.19 (1H, d, J=9.3 Hz), 4.21 (1H, d, J=9.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.13 (1H, br s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 7.22-7.41 (7H, m).
Example 189
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-methylthiomethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 188 (1.47 g) was dissolved in THF (30 mL). To this solution, NaSMe (210 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.27 g).
FABMS: 514 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.62-1.77 (4H, m), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.68 (1H, d, J=13.2 Hz), 2.74 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.78 (1H, d, J=13.2 Hz), 4.15 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 4.20 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.22 (1H, br s), 6.87-6.90 (1H, m), 6.93-6.97 (2H, m), 7.10-7.17 (2H, m), 7.22-7.41 (7H, m).
Example 190
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylthiomethylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 189 (1.27 g) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL). To this solution, Boc 2 O (1.09 g) and dimethylaminopyridine (100 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1) to obtain an N-Boc-oxazolidinone as a colorless oil (1.48 g). This product was dissolved in methanol (20 mL), followed by addition of cesium carbonate (410 mg) and stirring overnight at room temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The mixture was then washed sequentially with diluted hydrochloric acid and water and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate 2:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.28 g).
FABMS: 588 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.43 (9H, s), 1.51-1.66 (3H, m), 1.82-1.85 (1H, m), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.75 (1H, d, J=13.4 Hz), 2.90 (1H, d, J=13.4 Hz), 3.69-3.70 (2H, m), 4.02 (1H, br), 4.99 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.21-7.4.1 (7H, m).
Example 191
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldiphenylsiloxymethylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 146 (3.25 g) was dissolved in DMF (18 mL). To this solution, diisopropylethylamine (10.5 mL) and t-BuPh 2 SiCl (1.73 g) were added and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, ice water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water, diluted hydrochloric acid, water and a saturated aqueous-solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=7:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.64 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.06 (9H, s), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.49-1.82 (4H, m), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.54 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 3.65-3.67 (2H, m), 3.74 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.05 (1H, br s), 6.59 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.63 (1H, t, J=2.4 Hz), 6.74 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.10 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.31-7.45 (11H, m), 7.61-7.64 (4H, m).
Example 192
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldiphenylsiloxymethylpentanal
The compound of Example 191 (940 mg) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL). To this solution, pyridinium dichromate (800 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (710 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.01 (9H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.49-1.73 (4H, m), 2.64 (2H, br s), 3.84 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 4.13 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.43 (1H, br s), 6.58 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.62 (1H, t, J=2.4 Hz), 6.74 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.30-7.43 (1H, m), 7.56-7.64 (4H, m), 9.36 (1H, s).
Example 193
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylaminopentanal
To an oxalyl chloride solution (1.0 mL) of methylene chloride (20 mL), a mixture of DMSO (1.7 mL) and methylene chloride (10 mL) was added while the mixtures were kept at −78° C. The compound of Example 129 (5.59 g) in methylene chloride (20 mL) was then added dropwise. After 15 min, triethylamine (7.2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours until room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (4.75 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.60-1.74 (3H, m), 1.96 (1H, br), 2.72-2.77 (2H, m), 4.28 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.28-7.52 (5H, m), 9.58 (1H, s).
Example 194
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylpentanoate
Sodium hydride (242 mg) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL). To this solution, diethyl methylmalonate (0.956 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The compound of Reference Example 252 (2.50 g) in DMF (5 mL) was then added and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried organic phase was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1 to 10:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (2.74 g).
MS (EI): 540 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.23 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.40 (3H, s), 1.52-1.60 (2H, m), 1.91-1.95 (2H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 4.16 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.11-7.14 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 195
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylpentanoate
Using diethyl ethylmalonate, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 194 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
MS (EI): 554 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.80 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.22 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.45-1.53 (2H, m), 1.89-1.97 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.16 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.11-7.16 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 196
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylbutyrate
Using the compound of Reference Example 317, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 194 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 526 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.27 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.52 (3H, s), 2.10-2.14 (2H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 4.20 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.96 (3H, m), 7.15 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 197
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylbutyrate
Using the compound of Reference Example 317, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 195 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 540 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.82 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.17 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.93 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 1.98-2.02 (2H, m), 2.45-2.51 (2H, m), 4.13 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.10 (2H, s), 6.92-7.01 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (8H, m).
Example 198
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylpentanoic acid
The compound of Example 194 (2.74 g) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL). To this solution, potassium hydroxide (330 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at 50° C. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, followed by addition of 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid and extraction with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and was then concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1 to 2:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (2.38 g).
MS (EI): 512 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.26 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.47 (3H, s), 1.53-1.62 (2H, m), 1.92-2.03 (2H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 4.22 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.94 (3H, m), 7.10-7.14 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 199
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylpentanoic acid
Using the compound of Example 195, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 198 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
MS (EI): 526 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.84 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.42-1.59 (2H, m), 1.85-1.95 (2H, m), 2.00-2.13 (2H, m), 2.66-2.70 (2H, m), 4.23-4.31 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.08-7.15 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 200
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylbutyric acid
Using the compound of Example 196, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 198 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 499 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.30 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.57 (3H, s), 2.11-2.19 (2H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 4.24 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.96 (3H, m), 7.14 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 201
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylbutyric acid
Using the compound of Example 197, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 198 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.33 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.94-1.99 (1H, m), 2.05-2.12 (1H, m), 2.19-2.24 (2H, m), 2.59-2.64 (2H, m), 4.20-4.31 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.94 (3H, m), 7.09-7.14 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 202
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-methylpentanoate
The compound of Example 198 (2.38 g) was dissolved in benzene (20 mL). To this solution, triethylamine (0.711 mL) and DPPA (1.10 mL) were added. The mixture was then stirred for 10 min at room temperature and for a further 1 hour and 30 min while being refluxed. Subsequently, methanol (3.76 mL) was added over 30 min and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The dried organic phase was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified-on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1 to 10:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (2.04 g).
MS (EI): 541 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.24 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.36-1.40 (1H, m), 1.54 (3H, s), 1.56-1.65 (1H, m), 1.80-1.87 (1H, m), 2.28 (1H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 3.63 (3H, s), 4.15-4.22 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.61 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.09-7.15 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 203
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminopentanoate
Using the compound of Example 199, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a yellow oil.
MS (EI): 555 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.74 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.24 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.28-1.32 (1H, m), 1.57-1.58 (1H, m), 1.70-1.84 (2H, m), 2.34-2.44 (2H, m), 2.62-2.72 (2H, m), 3.63 (3H, s), 4.16-4.22 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.08-7.15 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 204
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylbutyrate
Using the compound of Example 200 and t-butanol instead of methanol, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 569 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.29 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.58 (3H, s), 2.10 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.41 (1H, br), 2.53 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.67 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 4.19 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.46 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.08-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 205
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminobutyrate
Using the compound of Example 201, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 541 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.77 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.75-1.80 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.36-2.49 (2H, m), 2.59-2.68 (2H, m), 3.66 (3H, s), 4.11-4.27 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.87 (1H, br), 6.86-6.93 (3H, m), 7.08-7.14 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 206
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-methylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 202, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 499 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.18 (3H, s), 1.57-1.84 (4H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.59-3.69 (3H, m), 3.63 (3H, s), 4.71 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.13-7.17 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Examples 207 and 208
(+) and (−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-methylpentane-1-ols
The compound of Example 206 was optically resolved by a high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) (chiralcel OD, hexane:isopropanol=70:30, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
The compound obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 24.0 D of +15 (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 207), while the compound obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 24.7 D of −12′ (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 208).
Example 209
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminopentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 203, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired compound as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 513 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.83 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.51-1.73 (6H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.63 (3H, s), 3.65-3.70 (3H, m), 4.63 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Examples 210 and 211
(+) and (−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminopentane-1-ols
The compound of Example 209 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralcel OD, hexane:isopropanol=60:40, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.6 D of +14′ (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 210), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.7 D of −15′ (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 211).
Example 212
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylbutane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 204, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired compound as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 527 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.82 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.06 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.65-2.80 (2H, m), 3.66-3.74 (2H, m), 4.68 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.15 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.32-7.40 (6H, m).
Examples 213 and 214
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylbutane-1-ols
The compound of Example 212 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak AD, hexane:isopropanol=85:15, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.3 D of +4.6° (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 213), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.6 D of −2.2° (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 214).
Example 215
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminobutane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 205, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 499 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.94 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.69 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 1.80-1.94 (2H, m), 2.62-2.75 (2H, m), 3.65 (3H, s), 3.77 (3H, m), 4.77 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.32-7.41 (6H, m).
Examples 216 and 217
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminobutane-1-ols
The compound of Example 215 was optically resolved under similar conditions to those used in Examples 213 and 214.
The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.6 D of +11.1° (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 216), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 26.1 D of −9.67 (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 217).
Example 218
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 199 and t-butanol instead of methanol, the same procedure was followed as in Example 203 and the reactant was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 555 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.83 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.55-1.72 (6H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 3.64-3.66 (2H, m), 4.49 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.82-6.95 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.20-7.25 (1H, m), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 219
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethylbutnane-1-ol
The compound of Example 126 (4.00 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (100 mL). To this solution, diisopropylethylamine (1.54 mL) was added, followed by dropwise addition of methoxymethylchloride (710 mg) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for one day until room temperature. Following addition of ice water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed by distillation. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (2.60 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.90-2.00 (2H, m), 2.68-2.78 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.54 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.77 (2H, d, J=6.1 Hz), 3.79 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.99 (1H, br), 4.65 (2H, s), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.20 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.13-7.17 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Examples 220 and 221
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethylbutane-1-ols
The compound of Example 219 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak AD-H, hexane:isopropanol=85:15, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
A colorless oil was obtained from each of the first eluate and the second eluate (Example 220 and Example 221, respectively).
Example 222
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 128, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 219 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.43 (9H, s), 1.56-1.68 (3H, m), 1.81-1.84 (1H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.35 (3H, s), 3.46 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.66-3.68 (2H, m), 3.71 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 4.61 (2H, s), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.07 (1H, br s), 6.87 (1H, ddd, J=8.3, 2.5, 1.0 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.12-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 223
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
To a methylene chloride solution (2 mL) containing the compound of Example 219 (860 mg), carbon tetrabromide (533 mg) and pyridine (2 mL), trimethyl phosphite (0.19 mL) was added while the mixture was stirred at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours until room temperature. Subsequently, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (830 mg).
FABMS: 696 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.95-2.03 (1H, m), 2.08-2.21 (1H, m), 2.69-2.78 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.68 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.74 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.22-4.29 (2H, m), 4.65 (2H, s), 4.97 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=7.9, 2.4 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.14 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 224
(−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
Using the compound of Example 220 (first eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil. =−3.01° (C=0.93, chloroform).
Example 225
(+)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
Using the compound of Example 221 (second eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
[α] 26 D =+1.39° (C=1.03, chloroform).
Example 226
(±)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 206 (527 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent composed of a 5 mol/L aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (2 mL), tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and methanol (3 mL). This mixture was refluxed and stirred for 4 days. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and was then concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (aminated silica gel, ethyl acetate:ethanol=20:1) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (311 mg).
FABMS: 442 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.04 (3H, s), 1.37-1.67 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.29 (2H, q, J=9.2 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 227
(+)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 207 (first eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 226 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 28 ClNO 2 S.1/3H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
67.00
6.45
3.13
Found:
67.03
6.51
3.20
[α] 25.2 D +2.0° (C = 1.0, chloroform)
Example 228
(−)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 208 (second eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 226 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 28 ClNO 2 S.1/4H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
67.23
6.44
3.14
Found:
67.19
6.44
3.15
[α] 25.5 D −2.6° (C = 1.0, chloroform)
Example 229
(+)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylpentane
The compound of Example 227 (410 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL). While this solution was chilled in an ice bath, Boc 2 O (303 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. This solution was washed with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=5:1) to give a t-butoxycarbonylamino product as a pale yellow oil (473 mg). The resulting compound (473 mg), along with carbon tetrabromide (434 mg), was dissolved in pyridine (2.00 mL). While this solution was chilled in an ice bath, trimethyl phosphite (0.205 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 2 hours. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and was then concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:1) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (534 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.58-1.91 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.77 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.96-4.00 (1H, m), 4.13-4.16 (1H, m), 4.51 (1H, brs), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.11-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.34 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (4H, m).
Example 230
(−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylpentane
Using the compound of Example 228, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 229 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.58-1.91 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.77 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.97-4.00 (1H, m), 4.13-4.17 (1H, m), 4.51 (1H, brs), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.32-7.34 (2H, m), 7.35-7.40 (4H, m).
Example 231
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxypentane
Using the compound of Example 222, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 710 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.41 (9H, s), 1.57-1.62 (2H, m), 1.76-1.80 (1H, m), 2.00-2.05 (1H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.34 (3H, s), 3.57 (1H, d, J=9.5 Hz), 3.65 (1H, d, J=9.5 Hz), 3.77 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.12 (2H, d, J=7.1 Hz), 4.60 (2H, s), 4.81 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87 (1H, ddd, J=8.3, 2.5, 1.0 Hz), 6.92-7.00 (2H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.28-7.52 (6H, m).
Example 232
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-hexenylphosphonate
Ethyl methylenebisphosphonate (940 mg) in THF (5 mL) was chilled to −78° C. under an argon gas atmosphere. To this solution, a 1.6 mol/L n-BuL-hexane solution (2 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, followed by dropwise addition of a THF solution (15 mL) of the compound of Example 193 (1.58 g). After 3 hours, a saturated ammonium chloride solution was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.71 g).
FABMS: 660 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.29-1.33 (6H, m), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.54-1.68 (4H, m), 2.71-2.73 (2H, m), 4.03-4.11 (4H, m), 4.32 (1H, br), 4.47 (1H, br), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.60-6.71 (1H, m), 6.87-6.96 (3H, m), 7.09-7.15 (2H, m), 7.21-7.41 (7H, m).
Example 233
Diethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 232 (300 mg) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) containing 10% hydrochloric acid in an ice bath. The mixture was stirred for 6 hours until room temperature and the solvent was concentrated. This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (250 mg).
FABMS: 560 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.16-1.22 (6H, m), 1.53-1.77 (4H, m), 2.68-2.69 (2H, m), 3.05 (1H, br), 3.94-4.07 (4H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.13 (1H, t, J=17.8 Hz), 6.46-6.55 (1H, m), 6.89-7.00 (3H, m), 7.20-7.22 (1H, m), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m), 8.44 (3H, br s).
Example 234
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylaminohexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 232 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 125 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 662 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.32 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.46-1.82 (8H, m), 2.67-2.73 (2H, m), 3.62 (1H, br), 4.03-4.13 (4H, m), 4.32-4.34 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.32-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 235
Diethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]hexylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 234 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a pale brown oil.
FABMS: 562 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.21 (6H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 1.59-1.85 (8H, m), 2.67 (2H, br s), 3.15 (1H, br s), 3.91-4.01 (4H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-6.99 (3H, m), 7.21-7.39 (9H, m), 8.08 (3H, br s).
Example 236
2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
To an acetonitrile solution (5 mL) of the compound of Example 231 (500 mg), TMSI (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The solvent was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder (120 mg).
FABMS: 538 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.60 (4H, br s), 2.63 (2H, br s), 3.38-3.44 (2H, m), 3.72 (2H, br s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.87-6.98 (3H, m), 7.20-7.38 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 6 SP.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
54.00
5.62
2.52
Found:
54.10
5.37
2.62
Example 237
2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 223, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.77-1.78 (2H, m), 2.71-2.75 (2H, m), 3.50-3.58 (2H, m), 3.76-3.88 (2H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.89 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 6.96-6.99 (2H, m), 7.21-7.38 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 6 SP
C
H
N
Calcd:
55.01
5.19
2.67
Found:
54.94
5.26
2.77
m.p. = 200-202° C.
Example 238
2-amino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-hydroxyphenylthio)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
Instead of ice-cold environment, the experiment of Example 236 was carried out at room temperature to give the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 448 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.54-1.62 (4H, m), 2.51-2.73 (2H, m), 3.37-3.41 (2H, m), 3.57-3.75 (2H, m), 6.62 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.8 Hz), 6.67-6.68 (1H, m), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 1.2 Hz), 7.15 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz), 7.34-7.36 (2H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 18 H 23 ClNO 6 SP.0.5H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
47.32
5.29
3.07
Found:
47.06
5.07
3.07
m.p. = 180-182° C.
Example 239
(+)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonate monoester
The compound of Example 229 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
HR-MS (FAB+): 522.1255 (−1.6 mmu).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.12 (3H, s), 1.51-1.65 (4H, m), 2.64-2.70 (2H, m), 3.66 (2H, d, J=11 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.91 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 6.97-7.01 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.30-7.42 (8H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 5 PS.1/2H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
56.55
5.69
2.64
Found:
56.40
5.60
2.77
[α] 22.6 D +3.2° (C = 1.0, methanol).
m.p. = 207-210° C.
Example 240
(−)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 228, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
HR-MS (FAB+): 522.1277 (+0.6 mmu).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.12 (3H, s), 1.51-1.65 (4H, m), 2.63-2.70 (2H, m), 3.67 (2H, d, J=12 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.89-6.92 (1H, m), 6.96-7.01 (2H, m), 7.22-7.24 (1H, m), 7.32-7.42 (8H, m).
[α] 23.4 D −3.1° (C=1.0, methanol).
m.p.=200-203° C.
Example 241
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]hexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 234, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 506 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.56-1.72 (8H, m), 2.67 (2H, br s), 3.18 (1H, br s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-7.00 (3H, m), 7.21-7.40 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 4 PS.1/2H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
58.30
5.87
2.72
Found:
58.29
5.71
2.80
Example 242
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 232, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 504 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.53-1.70 (4H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.83-3.99 (1H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 6.03 (1H, t, J=16.5 Hz), 6.28 (1H, d,d,d, J=16.5, 10.0, 7.3 Hz), 6.89-7.01 (3H, m), 7.20-7.41 (9H, m).
Example 243
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
The compound of Example 126 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 223 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 766 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.09 (6H, s), 0.91 (9H, s), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.86-1.98 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.72 (2H, t, J=8.6 Hz), 3.72 (2H, s), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.17-4.24 (2H, m), 4.78 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.21 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 244
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
To a THF solution (30 mL) of the compound of Example 243 (2.70 g), 1 mol/L tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (2.30 g).
FABMS: 652 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.83-1.90 (1H, m), 2.09-2.17 (1H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=8.6 Hz), 3.71-3.77 (2H, m), 3.79 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.04 (1H, br), 4.17-4.29 (2H, m), 5.00 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.14-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 7.31-7.39 (6H, m).
Examples 245 and 246
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutanes
The compound of Example 244 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak AS-H, hexane:isopropanol=8:2, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=1 mL/min). The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 26 D of −6.12° (C=1.0, methanol) (Example 245), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 27 D of +5.79° (C=1.0, methanol) (Example 246).
Example 247
(+)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylbutane
Using the compound of Example 213, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a pale brown oil.
FABMS: 636 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.36 (3H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.77-1.82 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.68-2.74 (2H, m), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.01-4.05 (1H, m), 4.21-4.25 (1H, m), 4.63 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.94 (3H, m), 7.23-7.27 (3H, m), 7.32-7.42 (6H, m).
Example 248
(−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylbutane
Using the compound of Example 214, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a pale brown oil.
FABMS: 636 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.36 (3H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.74-1.82 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.66-2.76 (2H, m), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.01-4.05 (1H, m), 4.21-4.25 (1H, m), 4.63 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.21-7.27 (3H, m), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 249
(+)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 247, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 -TFA) δ 1.29 (3H, s), 1.72-1.84 (2H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.87 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 3.93 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.91 (1H, d, 7.3 Hz), 6.96-7.01 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (8H, m).
[α] 25.6 D +15.1° (C=1.0, 10% TFA in DMSO).
Elemental analysis(%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 5 PS.2/3 CF 3 CO 2 H
C
H
N
Calcd:
52.10
4.78
2.40
Found:
52.29
4.75
2.68
Example 250
(−)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 248, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-TFA) δ 1.29 (3H, s), 1.76-1.90 (2H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.87 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 3.93 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.90-7.01 (3H, m), 7.24 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (8H, m).
[α] 26.3 D −12.6° (C=1.0, 10% TFA in DMSO).
Elemental analysis(%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 5 PS.1/2H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
55.76
5.46
2.71
Found:
55.77
5.19
2.97
Examples 251 and 252
Diethyl (Z)- and (E)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-fluoro-1-pentenylphosphonates
The compound of Example 127 was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde for use in the subsequent reaction.
Meanwhile, trimethylchlorosilane (1.0 mL) was added to diethyl dibromofluoromethylphosphate (1.48 mL) in THF (75 mL), and the mixture was cooled to −78° C. Subsequently, 1.6 mol/L n-butyllithium in hexane (11.3 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 40 min. Subsequently, the aldehyde obtained above (3.68 g) in THF (25.0 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and was stirred for 5 hours. Following addition of aqueous ammonium chloride, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1 to 1:1). As a result, the Z-form was obtained from the first eluate as a yellow oil (1.70 g), and the E-form was obtained from the second eluate as a yellow oil (667 mg).
Z-form: Example 251
FABMS: 664 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.31-1.38 (6H, m), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.88-2.00 (2H, m), 2.69-2.83 (2H, m), 4.13-4.22 (4H, m), 4.80-4.90 (1H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.15-5.30 (1H, br), 6.08-6.30 (1H, m), 6.87-6.88 (1H, m), 6.90-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.15 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.39 (6H, m).
E-form: Example 252
FABMS: 663 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.34-1.36 (6H, m), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.82-1.88 (2H, m), 2.71-2.78 (2H, m), 4.15-4.23 (4H, m), 4.60-4.65 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.80-6.00 (1H, m), 6.89 (1H, dd, J=1.4, 7.9 Hz), 6.93-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.17 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 253
(Z)-3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-fluoro-1-pentenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 251, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSd 6 ) δ 1.78-1.98 (2H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 4.19 (1H, br), 5.08 (2H, s), 5.47-5.62 (1H, m), 6.90 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.97-6.99 (2H, m), 7.20 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (8H, m), 8.67 (2H, br).
m.p.=285-288° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 24 H 24 ClFNO 4 PS.13/10H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
54.25
5.05
2.64
Found:
54.54
5.49
2.44
Example 254
(E)-3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-fluoro-1-pentenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 252, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.79-1.91 (1H, m), 1.91-2.02 (1H, m), 2.58-2.70 (2H, m), 3.84-3.98 (1H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 5.43-5.62 (1H, m), 6.90 (1H, m), 6.95-6.99 (2H, m), 7.17-7.38 (9H, m), 8.68 (2H, br).
m.p.=288-290° C.
Examples 255 and 256
Diethyl (Z)- and (E)-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-fluoro-1-hexenylphosphonates
The compound of Example 193 was reacted in the same manner as in Examples 251 and 252 to obtain the desired Z-form (Example 255) and the E-form (Example 256), respectively. Each product was obtained as a yellow oil.
Z-form: Example 255
FABMS: 678 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.31-1.37 (6H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.61-1.71 (4H, m), 2.73 (2H, m), 4.10-4.18 (4H, m), 4.84 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.06-5.15 (1H, m), 6.01-6.19 (1H, m), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=1.2, 9.7 Hz), 6.91-6.94 (2H, m), 7.12-7.16 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.39 (6H, m).
E-form: Example 256
FABMS: 678 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.32-1.37 (6H, m), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.61-1.66 (4H, m), 2.72 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.11-4.17 (4H, m), 4.50-4.60 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.73-5.90 (1H, m), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.13 (1H, dd, J=1.2, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 257
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-fluorohexylphosphonate
Using the compounds of Examples 255 and 256, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a yellow oil.
FABMS: 679 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.35 (6H, s), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.49-1.57 (2H, m), 1.58-1.75 (4H, m), 2.65-2.80 (2H, m), 3.82-3.94 (1H, m), 4.20 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 4.35-4.55 (1H, m), 4.74-4.94 (1H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.99 (1H, m), 6.92-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.17 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.32-7.43 (6H, m).
Example 258
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-1-hexenylphosphonate
Following the same procedure as in Example 229, the compound of Example 226 was reacted to form a Boc product and, following the same procedure as in Example 193, the product was oxidized to an aldehyde. Subsequently, using methyl methylenebisphosphonate, the same procedure was followed as in Example 232 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 646 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.36 (3H, s), 1.40 (9H, s), 1.54-1.64 (2H, m), 1.67-1.70 (1H, m), 1.82-1.92 (1H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.72 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.55 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.62 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 18.3 Hz), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 22.6 Hz), 6.80-6.89 (1H, m), 6.93-6.96 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.15 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 259
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methylhexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 258 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 648 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.13 (3H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.50-1.60 (2H, m), 1.65-1.86 (4H, m), 2.02-2.08 (2H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.32 (1H, br), 5.01 (2H, s), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.5 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 260
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-methylhexylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 259 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 520 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.16 (3H, s), 1.20 (2H, br), 1.50-1.60 (6H, m), 1.73 (2H, t, J=7.3 HZ), 2.65-2.70 (2H, m), 5.07 (2H, s), 6.89 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 6.94-6.98 (2H, m), 7.21-7.22 (1H, m), 7.31-7.37 (8H, m).
m.p.=195-197° C.
Example 261
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-methyl-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 258 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 518 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.39-1.57 (2H, m), 1.65-1.79 (2H, m), 2.52-2.70 (2H, m), 5.05 (2H, s), 5.77-5.94 (1H, m), 6.08-6.26 (1H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 6.91-6.99 (2H, m), 7.10-7.42 (9H, m), 8.39-9.20 (2H, br).
m.p.=243-245° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 26 H 29 ClFNO 4 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
58.26
5.83
2.61
Found:
57.80
5.31
2.74
Example 262
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-hexenylphosphonate
The compound of Example 222 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 232 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 706 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ (1.41 (9H, s), 1.56-1.69 (2H, m), 1.75-1.90 (1H, m), 1.93-1.99 (1H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.33 (3H, s), 3.60-3.63 (2H, m), 3.71 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.58 (2H, s), 4.88 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.70 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 18.4 Hz), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 23.2 Hz), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 9.2 Hz), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 263
3-amino-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 262 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 534 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.46-1.74 (4H, m), 2.57-2.61 (2H, m), 3.47-3.52 (2H, m), 5.07 (2H, s), 5.87-5.96 (1H, m), 6.03-6.16 (1H, m), 6.87 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 6.95-6.97 (2H, m), 7.19 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 7.27-7.39 (8H, m), 7.81-8.83 (2H, br).
m.p.=243-246° C.
Example 264
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethylhexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 262 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 708 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.41 (9H, s), 1.51-1.67 (2H, m), 1.70-2.05 (6H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.33 (3H, s), 3.47-3.53 (2H, m), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.58 (2H, s), 4.61 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 265
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 264 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 536 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.36-1.73 (8H, m), 2.60-2.68 (2H, m), 3.31-3.40 (2H, m), 5.07 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.96-6.98 (2H, m), 7.20-7.40 (9H, m), 7.94-8.94 (2H, br).
m.p.=193-196° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 26 H 31 ClNO 5 PS.1H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
56.36
6.00
2.53
Found:
56.18
5.61
2.51
Example 266
Dimethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-pentenylphosphonate
Following the same procedure as in Example 193, the compound of Example 219 was oxidized and, following the same procedure as in Example 232, the product was reacted with methyl methylenebisphosphonate to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 692 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 2.10-2.17 (2H, m), 2.66-2.73 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.67-3.78 (2H, m), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.63 (2H, s), 4.80-4.85 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=17.8, 18.3 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=17.8, 24.2 Hz), 6.87-6.95 (3H, m), 7.12-7.13 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 267
3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-pentenylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 266 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 520 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.76-1.98 (2H, br), 2.50-2.72 (2H, br), 3.47-3.70 (3H, m), 5.05 (2H, s), 6.03-6.11 (1H, m), 6.21-6.33 (1H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 6.94 (2H, m), 7.15-7.36 (9H, m), 8.74 (2H, br s).
m.p.=245-248° C.
Example 268
Dimethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethylpentylphosphonate
The compound of Example 266 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 694 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.54-1.60 (2H, m), 1.82-1.87 (2H, m), 1.98-2.05 (2H, m), 2.67-2.70 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.58-3.64 (2H, m), 3.74 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.64 (2H, s), 4.74 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.10-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 269
3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 268 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 522 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.45-1.58 (2H, m), 1.69-1.91 (4H, m), 2.58-2.72 (2H, m), 3.10-3.75 (2H, br), 5.07 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 6.96-6.99 (2H, m), 7.21 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.27-7.40 (8H, m), 7.93-9.02 (2H, br).
m.p.=205-208° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 5 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
55.60
5.79
2.59
Found:
55.21
5.40
2.68
Example 270
(+)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester ((+)-Example 237)
Example 245 (250 mg) was dissolved in a 10% hydrochloric acid-methanol solution (10 mL) and the mixture was allowed to stand overnight. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, followed by addition of triethylamine to adjust the pH to 7. The crystallized triethylamine hydrochloride was separated by filtration and was washed with ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed by distillation to give a Boc-free product as a colorless oil (250 mg). This product was dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) while the solution was chilled in an ice bath. To this solution, trimethylsilyl iodide (26.7 μL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at the same temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (reversed phase silica chromatography, water:acetonitrile=9:1 to 6:1 to 3:1 to 1:1 to only acetonitrile) to give the desired product as a colorless powder (97 mg).
[α] 25° C. =+2.77 (c=1.00, DMSO)
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+TFA) δ 1.78-1.85 (2H, m), 2.78-2.80 (2H, m), 3.56 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.61 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.97 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.87-6.98 (3H, m), 7.20-7.38 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 6 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
53.56
5.25
2.60
Found:
53.21
5.25
2.41
Example 271
(−)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonic acid monoester ((−)-Example 237)
Using the compound of Example 246, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 270 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
[α] 25° C. =−2.61 (c=1.00, DMSO).
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+TEA) δ 1.76-1.85 (2H, m), 2.68-2.78 (2H, m), 3.57 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.60 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.97 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.87-6.98 (3H, m), 7.20-7.38 (9H, m).
Example 272
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentanoate
Using diethyl propylmalonate, the compound of Reference Example 252 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 194 to obtain ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-propylpentanoate as a yellow oil. This product was hydrolyzed as in Example 198 to obtain a half ester. The half ester was treated in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.87 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 0.89-1.02 (1H, m), 1.24 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.23-1.33 (2H, m), 1.52-1.78 (3H, m), 2.24-2.40 (2H, m), 2.63-2.68 (2H, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 4.17-4.22 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.79 (1H, br s), 6.85-6.94 (3H, m), 7.09 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.43 (6H, m).
Example 273
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 272, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 528 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.35 (2H, m), 1.48-1.69 (6H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.70 (2H, s), 4.71 (1H, br s), 5.01 (2H, s), 6.85-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.24 (3H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 274
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 273, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 226 to synthesize 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-propylpentane-1-ol. As in Example 229, the product was reacted to form a Boc product, thereby obtaining the desired compound as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.35 (2H, m), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.48-1.73 (6H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.63-3.66 (2H, m), 4.51 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.12-7.24 (3H, m), 7.33-7.41 (6H, m).
Examples 275 and 276
(+) and (−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentane-1-ols
The compound of Example 274 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak OD-H, hexane:ethanol=97:3, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min). The desired products were obtained from the first eluate (Example 275) and the second eluate (Example 276), respectively, each as a colorless oil.
Example 275
[α] 25 D −10.2° (C=1.08, CHCl 3 );
Example 276
[α] 23 D +9.48° (C=1.16, CHCl 3 ).
Example 277
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentanal
Using the compound of Example 274, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.03-1.37 (2H, m), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.48-1.77 (4H, m), 2.02-2.25 (2H, m), 2.65-2.70 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.27 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.07-7.14 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m), 9.23 (1H, s).
Example 278
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonate
As in Example 232, the compound of Example 277 was reacted with methyl methylenebisphosphonate to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 674 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.17-1.23 (2H, m), 1.40 (9H, m), 1.51-1.87 (6H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.69 (3H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.70 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.47 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.59 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.65 (1H, dd, J=23.3, 17.1 Hz), 6.86-6.89 (3H, m), 7.09-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 279
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-propylhexylphosphonate
Using the compound of Example 278, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 676 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.28 (2H, m), 1.40 (9H, m), 1.51-2.02 (10H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.72 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.13 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.25 (3H, m), 7.32-7.39 (6H, m).
Example 280
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochloride
Using the compound of Example 278, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 574 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 0.85 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.28 (2H, m), 1.53-1.76 (6H, m), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.59 (3H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.62 (3H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.00 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.57 (1H, dd, J=23.8, 17.7 Hz), 6.89-7.00 (3H, m), 7.22-7.41 (9H, m), 8.47 (3H, br s).
Examples 281 and 282
Dimethyl (+)- and (−)-3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochlorides
Using the compound of Example 275, the same procedures as in Examples 277, 278 and 280 were sequentially followed to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow amorphous compound ([α] 28.2 D +2.9° (C=1.0, MeOH)) (Example 281). Furthermore, using the compound of Example 276, the same procedure was followed as in Example 281 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow amorphous compound ([α] 28.1 D −1.9° (C=1.0, MeOH)) (Example 282).
Example 283
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 278, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 546 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 0.85 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.19-1.21 (2H, m), 1.51-1.69 (6H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 5.87 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 15.2 Hz), 6.32 (1H, dd, J=23.8, 17.7 Hz), 6.88-7.00 (3H, m), 7.22-7.41 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 28 H 33 ClNO 4 PS.2/3H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
60.26
6.20
2.51
Found:
60.11
5.91
2.32
Example 284
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propylhexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 279, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 548 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 0.85 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.18-1.21 (2H, m), 1.42-1.54 (8H, m), 1.68-1.74 (2H, m), 2.67 (2H, br s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-7.00 (3H, m), 7.22-7.41 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 28 H 35 ClNO 4 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
59.41
6.59
1.83
Found:
59.05
6.14
2.29
m.p. = 197-199° C.
Example 285
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-ethoxyphosphorylmethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 188 (330 mg) was dissolved in triethyl phosphite (120 μL) and the solution was refluxed for 3 hours. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1 to 1:5) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (320 mg).
FABMS: 604 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.31-1.35 (6H, m), 1.59-1.72 (2H, m), 1.84-1.88 (2H, m), 2.10 (1H, d, J=19.0 Hz), 2.11 (1H, d, J=19.0 Hz), 2.74 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.06-4.14 (5H, m), 4.17-4.20 (1H, m), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.89 (1H, br s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=1.2, 7.3 Hz), 6.94-6.97 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.24 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 286
2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 285 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 190 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 522 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.54-1.62 (2H, m), 1.72-1.78 (2H, m), 2.64-2.66 (2H, m), 3.20-3.31 (2H, m), 3.43-3.52 (2H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-6.90 (1H, m), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.21-7.24 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m).
m.p.=98-101° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 5 PS.HCl
C
H
N
Calcd:
53.77
5.41
2.51
Found:
54.18
5.29
2.49
Example 287
Dimethyl 7-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-1-heptenylphosphonate
The compound of Example 130 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting silyl product was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde. Subsequently, this aldehyde was reacted with methyl methylenebisphosphonate in the same manner as in Example 232 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 790 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.04 (6H, s), 0.89 (9H, s), 1.30-1.37 (2H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.50-1.60 (2H, m), 1.75-1.85 (2H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.64-3.70 (2H, m), 3.71 (6H, d, J=11.6 Hz), 4.77 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 18.3 Hz), 6.72 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 22.6 Hz), 6.67-6.88 (1H, m), 6.91-6.94 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.39 (6H, m).
Example 288
Dimethyl 7-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-hydroxymethylheptylphosphonate
The compound of Example 287 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 and the resulting compound (107 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL). A 1 mol/L TBAF-tetrahydrofuran solution (160 μL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, water was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate only) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (47 mg).
FABMS: 678 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.42 (9H, s), 1.25-1.38 (6H, s), 1.70-1.80 (2H, m), 1.83-1.95 (2H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.62 (2H, br s), 3.75 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.63 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.94 (2H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.21-7.23 (1H, m), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 289
3-amino-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylheptylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 288, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 550 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.22-1.32 (2H, m), 1.48-1.60 (6H, m), 1.68-1.76 (2H, m), 2.64-2.68 (2H, m), 3.39-3.50 (2H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-6.90 (1H, m), 6.95-6.99 (2H, m), 7.20 (1H, dd, J=1.9, 9.8 Hz), 7.28-7.40 (8H, m).
m.p.=180-183° C.
Example 290
3-amino-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-heptenylphosphonic acid
Following the same procedure as in Example 244, the compound of Example 287 was desilylated and the resulting product was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 548 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.27-1.38 (2H, m), 1.43-1.52 (2H, m), 1.61-1.72 (2H, m), 2.53-2.66 (2H, m), 3.46-3.58 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.88-5.97 (1H, m), 6.06-6.17 (1H, m), 6.85-6.87 (1H, m), 6.94-6.96 (2H, m), 7.15-7.17 (1H, m), 7.26-7.38 (8H, m).
m.p.=258-260° C.
Example 291
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-t-butyldimethylsilyloxy-1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxyhexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 128 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting silyl product was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde. This aldehyde was reacted as follows: a 1.58 mol/L-LDA-tetrahydrofuran solution (1.50 mL) was added to a tetrahydrofuran solution (9 mL) while the mixture was kept at −78° C. To the resulting mixture, diethyl difluoromethylphosphonate (372 μL) was added dropwise over 15 min and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. To this mixture, the aldehyde (490 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) was added dropwise over 20 min while the internal temperature was kept at −73° C. or below. Subsequently, the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was then added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (439 mg).
FABMS: 858 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.06 (6H, s), 0.88 (9H, s), 1.33-1.40 (6H, m), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.56-1.70 (4H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.82-3.84 (1H, m), 4.23-4.33 (6H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.05 (1H, br s), 6.85-6.88 (1H, m), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.12-7.14 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 292
Diethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
Following the same procedure as in Example 244, the compound of Example 291 was desilylated and the resulting product was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 644 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.22-1.27 (6H, m), 1.55-1.79 (4H, m), 2.62-2.65 (2H, m), 3.59-3.73 (2H, m), 4.04-4.11 (4H, m), 4.68-4.90 (1H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.88-6.90 (1H, m), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.22-7.25 (1H, m), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m).
Example 293
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 292, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 588 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.55-1.86 (4H, m), 2.55-2.65 (2H, m), 3.51-3.67 (4H, m), 3.78-3.84 (1H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.90-7.00 (2H, m), 7.20-7.23 (1H, m), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m).
Example 294
Dimethyl 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 149 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting silyl product was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde. Subsequently, following the same procedure as in Example 232, this aldehyde was condensed with methyl methylenebisphosphonate and, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 123, the resulting product was reduced to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.04 (6H, s), 0.88 (9H, s), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.56-1.64 (4H, m), 1.64-1.77 (2H, m), 1.90-1.97 (2H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.49-3.58 (2H, m), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.47 (1H, br s), 6.85 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 7.14-7.18 (2H, m), 7.25-7.26 (1H, m), 7.36 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.45 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz).
Example 295
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
Following the same procedure as in Example 244, the compound of Example 294 was desilylated and the resulting product was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 510 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.54-1.64 (4H, m), 1.67-1.80 (4H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 3.40-3.41 (2H, m), 3.68 (6H, d, J=10.4 Hz), 5.51 (1H, br s), 7.03 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz), 7.20 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.28-7.29 (1H, m), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.39 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.51 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.63 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.91 (3H, br s).
Example 296
3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 295, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 482 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.48-1.60 (6H, m), 1.60-1.75 (2H, m), 2.60-2.67 (2H, m), 3.40 (2H, s), 7.01 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 7.9 Hz), 7.15-7.19 (1H, m), 7.28 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.39 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.50 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.62 (1H, t, J=7.9), 7.77-8.11 (3H, br).
Example 297
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 76 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 294 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 295 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 525 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.46-1.62 (4H, m), 1.62-1.83 (4H, m), 2.64-2.66 (2H, m), 3.40-3.45 (2H, m), 3.61 (6H, d, J=10.4 Hz), 7.34 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 8.0 Hz), 7.40-7.42 (1H, m), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=1.8 Hz), 7.54-7.56 (1H, m), 7.59-7.62 (2H, m), 7.66-7.68 (1H, m), 7.86 (3H, br s).
Example 298
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxypentane
Following the same procedure as in Example 191, the compound of Example 76 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl and, following the same procedure as in Example 223, the resulting silyl product was reacted to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 741 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.05 (6H, s), 0.87 (9H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.60-1.91 (4H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.60 (1H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 3.64 (1H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 3.76 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.09-4.15 (2H, m), 4.66 (1H, br), 7.14-7.20 (2H, m), 7.30-7.55 (5H, m).
Example 299
2-amino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
To a tetrahydrofuran solution (20 mL) of the compound of Example 298 (1.29 g), a 1 mol/L TBAF-tetrahydrofuran solution (2.09 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, water was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1 to ethyl acetate only) to obtain a desilylated product as a colorless oil (1.00 g). The resulting compound (1.00 g) was dissolved in a 10% hydrochloric acid-methanol solution (20 mL) and the mixture was left overnight at room temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The solution was neutralized with triethylamine. The crystallized triethylamine hydrochloride was separated by filtration and the solvent was removed by distillation to give a colorless oil (1.00 g). The oil was dissolved in acetonitrile (15 mL) while the solution was chilled in an ice bath. To this solution, TMSI (905 μL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 60 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (water:acetonitrile=9:1 to 6:1 to 3:1 to 1:1 to acetonitrile only) to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder (384 g).
FABMS: 500 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.60 (4H, br s), 2.66 (2H, br s), 3.36-3.45 (2H, m), 3.68-3.76 (2H, m), 7.32 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 8.5 Hz), 7.38-7.45 (2H, m), 7.50-7.56 (1H, m), 7.57-7.68 (3H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 19 H 22 ClF 5 NO 5 PS.1/4H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
45.24
4.50
2.78
Found:
45.05
4.31
2.72
Example 300
2-amino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
The compound of Example 149 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 298 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 299 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 484 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.61 (4H, br), 2.64 (2H, br), 3.41 (1H, d, J=11.6 Hz), 3.51 (1H, d, J=11.6 Hz), 3.69-3.80 (2H, m), 7.00 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.16 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 7.29 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.50 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.61 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz).
Example 301
2-amino-4-[2-chloro-4-(3-hydroxyphenylthio)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 223, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 238 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 434 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.72-1.92 (2H, m), 2.63-2.82 (2H, m), 3.48-3.60 (2H, m), 3.71-3.90 (2H, m), 6.66-6.78 (3H, m), 7.14-7.37 (4H, m).
Example 302
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]propyl-1,3-propanediol
The compound of Reference Example 323 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 and the resulting compound was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.57-1.74 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 3.33 (2H, br s), 3.61 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 3.84 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 4.93 (1H, br s), 6.89 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.0 Hz), 6.98-7.07 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz).
Example 303
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[2-chloro-4-(2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]propyl-1,3-propanediol
The compound of Reference Example 324 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 and the resulting compound was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 504 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.58-1.66 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 3.35 (2H, br s), 3.60 (2H, d,d, J=7.3, 11.6 Hz), 3.84 (2H, d,d, J=7.3, 11.6 Hz), 4.92 (1H, br s), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.0 Hz), 6.96 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.03 (1H, d=2.5 Hz), 7.15-7.22 (2H, m), 7.48 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J=6.7 Hz).
Example 304
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]ethyl-1,3-propanediol
The compound of Reference Example 327 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 and the resulting compound was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 543 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.78-1.84 (2H, m), 2.64-2.71 (2H, m), 3.23-3.39 (2H, m), 3.65 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 3.84 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 5.07 (1H, s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.96-7.00 (3H, m), 7.07-7.13 (2H, m), 7.345-7.44 (7H, m).
Example 305
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 302 was treated in the same manner as in Example 294 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 295 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 510 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.51-1.60 (4H, m), 1.65-1.82 (4H, m), 2.68 (2H, br s), 3.42 (2H, s), 3.61 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.26 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.42 (1H, s, 8.6 Hz), 7.75 (2H, d, 8.6 HzHz), 7.89 (3H, br s).
Example 306
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 303 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 287 and the resulting compound was desilylated in the same manner as in Example 244. The desilylated product was then reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as an amorphous product.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.42-1.62 (2H, m), 1.68-1.82 (2H, m), 2.66 (2H, t, J=2.7 Hz), 3.42 (2H, br s), 3.60 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 6.00 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.56 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 22.6 Hz), 6.97 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.13 (1H, d=2.5 Hz), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.67 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.79 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 8.22-8.38 (3H, br s).
Example 307
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
Using the compound of Example 303, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 305 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 510 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.50-1.60 (4H, m), 1.65-1.82 (4H, m), 2.60-2.70 (2H, m), 3.52-3.55 (2H, m), 3.61 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 6.98 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.13 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.33-7.41 (2H, m), 7.68 (1H, t, J=7.3), 7.80 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.75-7.85 (3H, br s).
Example 308
3-amino-5-[4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 304 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 294 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 290 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 522 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.47-1.62 (2H, m), 1.62-1.91 (4H, m), 2.55-2.67 (2H, m), 3.40-3.54 (2H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 6.98-7.10 (4H, m), 7.25-7.51 (8H, m).
Example 309
2-amino-4-[4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester
The compound of Example 304 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 298 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 299 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.70-1.77 (2H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 3.49-3.53 (2H, m), 3.72-3.86 (2H, m), 5.13 (2H, s), 7.06-7.10 (4H, m), 7.25-7.27 (1H, m), 7.33-7.46 (7H, m).
Next, some experiment examples will be described, that demonstrate the efficacy of the compound of the present invention.
Experiment Example 1
Test for the Ability of Test Compounds to Induce Intracellular Ca 2+ Mobilization in Cells Expressing Human S1P (Sphingosine-1-Phosphate) Receptors
CHO cells expressing human S1P receptors (i.e., CHO cells expressing hS1P 1 receptors or hS1P 3 receptors) were subcultured on Ham's F-12 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 200 μg/mL Geneticin. The cells were seeded on a 96-well black clear bottom plate (COSTAR) at 4×10 4 cells/well and were cultured overnight at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . A fluorescent reagent that emits fluorescence upon binding to Ca 2+ (Calcium Screening Kit (DOJINDO)) was added to the culture and the cells were further cultured for 60 min at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . After culturing, microplate spectrofluorometer (FLEX station, MOLECULAR DEVICE) was used to measure the fluorescence intensity at an excitation wavelength of 485 nm and a detection wavelength of 525 nm. S1P or a test compound adjusted with cultural medium to a concentration 10 times higher than the final concentration (final DMSO concentration=0.1%). Each test compound solution was added 18 sec. after beginning of the measurement of fluorescence. The fluorescence intensity was measured every 1.5 sec for 100 sec. For each test compound, the difference between the maximum fluorescence intensity and the minimum fluorescence intensity (i.e., increase in fluorescence) was determined from the measurements. The rate of fluorescence increase (%) for each test compound was calculated by the difference (100%) of the fluorescence increase between solvent only and S1P (10 −6 M). Using this value as an index of the ability of the test compound to induce intracellular Ca 2+ mobilization, EC50 was determined by PRISM software (GraphPad). In Table 11, the symbol “−” indicates that the test compound was determined to have an EC50 of 1 μmol/L or higher, the symbol “+” indicates that the test compound had an EC50 of lower than 1 μmol/L and higher than or equal to 0.1 μmol/L, the symbol “++” indicates that the test compound had an EC50 of lower than 0.1 μmol/L and higher than or equal to 0.01 μmol/L, and the symbol “+++” indicates that the test compound had an EC50 of lower than 0.01 μmol/L.
TABLE 11
Example No.
S1P1
S1P3
236
++
++
237
+++
+++
238
+
−
239
+++
+++
240
++
+
241
+
−
242
+
−
249
++
+++
250
+
−
253
+
+
254
++
−
260
++
+
261
+
−
263
+++
+
265
+++
+
267
+++
−
269
++
−
280
+
+
283
++
++
284
++
+
286
++
−
290
+++
++
293
+
+
296
++
−
299
++
−
300
++
−
307
+
−
308
+
−
These results indicate that the compounds of the present invention act on human S1P receptors.
Experiment Example 2
Test for the Ability of Test Compounds to Induce Activation of Extracellular Regulatory Kinase (Erk) in Cells Expressing Human S1P Receptors
CHO cells expressing human S1P receptors (i.e., CHO cells expressing hS1P 4 receptors) were subcultured on Ham's F-12 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 200 μg/mL Geneticin. The cells were seeded on a 6-well cell culture plate (COSTAR) at 3×10 5 cells/well and were cultured overnight at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . On the following day, the medium was replaced with FBS-free Ham's F-12 medium (containing 0.1% fatty acid-free bovine serum albumin) and the cells were cultured overnight at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . S1P or a test compound adjusted with Ham's F-12 medium (with 0.1% fatty acid-free bovine serum albumin) to a concentration 10 times higher than the final concentration (final DMSO concentration=0.1%). Each test compound solution was added to this culture plate. The cells were cultured for 5 min at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . The medium was removed and the cells were washed with a 200 μmol/L ice-cold PBS containing Na 3 VO 4 . A lysis buffer (20 mmol/L Tris-HCl pH7.5, 1% Triton X-100, 1 mmol/L EDTA, 1 mmol/L EGTA, 0.5 mmol/L Na 3 VO 4 , 0.1% β-mercaptoethanol, 50 mmol/L NaF, 5 mmol/L Na 4 O 7 P 3 , 10 mmol/L C 3 H 7 O 6 Na, 1 μmol/L Microcystin LR, 1× Complete Protease Inhibitor Cocktail (ROCHE)) was then added to the cells and the reaction was carried out on ice for 5 min to lyse the cells. The cell lysate was subjected to sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) to separate proteins. The proteins were transferred to a PVDF membrane (Hybond-P, Amersham Biosciences). The membrane was reacted overnight at 4° C. with anti-phospho ERK (p42/44 MAPK) monoclonal antibody (E10, Cell Signaling Technologies) diluted 1000-fold, and was subsequently reacted for 1 hour at room temperature with alkaline phosphatase-labeled anti-mouse IgG antibody (Molecular Probe) diluted 6000-fold. After washing with 20 mmol/L Tris-HCl and 150 mmol/L NaCl solution, the PVDF membrane was fluorostained with DDAO phosphate (DyeChrome Western Blot Stain Kit, Molecular Probe), a fluorescent substrate of alkaline phosphatase. The fluorescence was detected using a variable image analyzer (Typhoon 8600, Amersham Biosciences). The detected signal of phosphorylated ERK was quantified using ImageQuant software (Molecular Dynamics). The rate of ERK activation (%) for each test compound was calculated by the difference (100%) of the signal intensity between solvent only and S1P (10 −6 mol/L). The results are shown in Table 12 below.
TABLE 12
Induction effect of ERK
Compound
activation on hS1P-expressing
Example
Conc.
CHO cells (Activation rate (%) relative
No.
(nmol/L)
to the activated ERK at S1P10-6 mol/L)
236
1
8.0
10
119.5
237
1
35.8
10
80.7
These results indicate that the compounds of the present invention induce ERK activation by acting on human S1P receptors.
Experiment Example 3
Inhibitory Effects of Test Compounds on Host Vs. Graft Rejection in Mice
This experiment was performed according to the method described in Transplantation 55(3) (1993): 578-591. Spleens were collected from 6 to 16 week old male BALB/c mice (CHARLES RIVER JAPAN). The spleens were placed in an RPMI-1640 medium (SIGMA) and were gently pressed between two slide glasses and then passed through a cell strainer (70 μm, Falcon) to form a cell suspension. The suspension was then centrifuged and the supernatant was discarded. An ammonium chloride-Tris isotonic buffer was added to the suspension to lyse erythrocytes. The cells were then centrifuged three times in RPMI-1640 medium for washing and were resuspended in an RPMI-1640 medium. To this suspension, mitomycin C (KYOWA HAKKO KOGYO Co., Ltd.) was added to a final concentration of 25 μg/mL and the suspension was incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. in a 5% CO 2 atmosphere. The cells were centrifuged three times in RPMI-1640 medium for washing and were resuspended in an RPMI-1640 medium so that the medium would contain 2.5×10 8 cells/mL. This suspension served as a “stimulation cell suspension.” Using a 27 G needle with a microsyringe (Hamilton), 20 μL (5×10 6 cells/mouse) of the stimulation cell suspension was subcutaneously injected into the right hind footpad of 6 to 8 week old male C3H/HeN mice (CLEA JAPAN). Normal control group was injected with RPMI-1640 medium alone. 4 days after the injection, right popliteal lymph nodes were collected and were weighed on a Mettler AT201 electronic scale (METTLER TOLEDO Co., Ltd.). Each animal was intraperitoneally administered a test compound once a day for four consecutive days starting on the day of the injection of the stimulation cells (i.e., total of 4 times). Control groups were administered the same vehicle as that used in the preparation of each test compound. The results are shown in Table 13 below. The inhibition (%) was determined using the following formula
{[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of positive control group]−[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of test compound group]×100}/{[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of positive control group]−[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of normal control group]} Formula 1
TABLE 13
Example
Dose
Inhibition
No.
(mg/kg)
(%)
233
30
53
235
30
56
236
0.03
73
237
0.1
75
238
3
65
239
0.03
65
241
10
46
242
10
62
247
0.03
63
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
As set forth, the present invention has been devised in recognition of the fact that the novel aminophosphonic acid derivatives with a diarylsulfide or diarylether group exhibit a strong ability to modulate S1P receptors. Effective modulators of S1P receptors, the compounds of the present invention have a great potential as a prophylactic or therapeutic agent against peripheral vascular diseases, such as arteriosclerosis, arteriosclerosis obliterans, renal fibrosis, hepatic fibrosis, chronic bronchial asthma, diffuse pulmonary hamartoangiomyomatosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), interstitial pneumonia, idiopathic interstitial pneumonia, lung cancer, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, Buerger's disease, diabetic neuropathy, septicemia, angiitis, nephritis, pneumonia, cerebral infarction, myocardial infarction, edema, varicose veins, dissecting arterial aneurysm, stenocardia, DIC, pleuritis, congestive heart failure, multiple organ failure, bed sore, burn, ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. The compounds of the present invention also act as effective prophylactic or therapeutic agents against rejection of heart transplants, kidney transplants, skin grafts, liver transplants and bone marrow transplants, or against rheumatoid arthritis, lupus nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, diabetes, atopic dermatitis, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic contact dermatitis and various other diseases.
1.PublishNumber: US-2008275008-A1
2.Date Publish: 20081106
3.Inventor: KOHNO YASUSHI
TANAKA KIYOAKI
KURIYAMA KAZUHIKO
HORI WATARU
4.Inventor Harmonized: KOHNO YASUSHI(JP)
TANAKA KIYOAKI(JP)
KURIYAMA KAZUHIKO(JP)
HORI WATARU(JP)
5.Country: US
6.Claims:
(en)Aminophosphonic acid derivatives (e.g., 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonate monoester) are represented by the following general formula (1):
and act as effective S1P receptor modulators while posing less side effects.
7.Description:
(en)TECHNICAL FIELD
The present invention relates to aminophosphonic acid derivatives, salts and hydrates thereof that are useful as modulators of sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor.
BACKGROUND ART
Patent Article 1
WO pamphlet 0198301
Patent Article 2
WO pamphlet 03020313
Patent Article 3
WO pamphlet 02092068
Patent Article 4
WO pamphlet 0218395
Patent Article 5
WO pamphlet 02076995
Patent Article 6
Japanese Patent Laid-Open
Publication No. Hei 2003-137894
Patent Article 7
WO Pamphlet 03040097
Patent Article 8
WO Pamphlet 02064616
Patent Article 9
WO Pamphlet 02062389
Patent Article 10
WO Pamphlet 03051876
Patent Article 11
WO Pamphlet 03061567
Patent Article 12
WO Pamphlet 03062248
Patent Article 13
WO Pamphlet 03062252
Patent Article 14
WO Pamphlet 03073986
Non-Patent Article 1
Y. Takuma et al., Mol. Cell.
Endocrinol., 177, 3(2001)
Non-Patent Article 2
Y. Igarashi, Ann, N.Y. Acad. Sci.,
845, 19(1998)
Non-Patent Article 3
H. Okazaki et al., Biochem.
Biophs. Res. Commun., 190, 1104(1993)
Non-Patent Article 4
S. Mandala et al., Science, 296,
346(2002)
Non-Patent Article 5
V. Brinkmann et al., J. Biol.
Chem., 277, 21453(2002)
Sphingosine-1-phosphate (referred to simply as S1P, hereinafter), which was previously considered a mere intermediate product in the metabolism of sphingosine, has proven to have an ability to facilitate cell growth and regulate cell motility. Studies have now shown that S1P, a previously unknown lipid mediator, is involved in a wide range of physiological actions, including apoptisis, modification of cell morphology and vascular contraction (Non-Patent Article 1 and Non-Patent Article 2). The lipid acts both as an intracellular second messenger and as an intercellular mediator; its role as an intercellular mediator has been particularly intensively studied. S1P induces signal transduction via a family of cell membrane G-protein-coupled receptors designated as Edg (which stands for Endothelial Differential Gene) (Non-Patent Article 1 and Non-Patent Article 3). Currently known subtypes of S1P receptors are Edg-1, Edg-3, Edg-5, Edg-6 and Edg-8, which are also referred to as S1P 1 , S1P 3 , S1P 2 , S1P 4 and S1P 5 , respectively.
Many studies of these S1P receptors suggest that S1P receptor modulators, which bind to these receptors and act as agonists or antagonists of S1P receptors, are effective against a broad spectrum of diseases. For example, compounds that act on Edg-5 have been shown effective against arteriosclerosis, renal fibrosis, pulmonary fibrosis and hepatic fibrosis (Patent Article 1). Compounds that act on Edg-1, Edg-3 or Edg-5 have been shown to be effective therapeutic or prophylactic agents against various respiratory diseases, including chronic bronchial asthma, diffuse pulmonary hamartoangiomyomatosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), interstitial pneumonia, idiopathic interstitial pneumonia, lung cancer and hypersensitivity pneumonitis (Patent Article 2). In addition, compounds that act as Edg-1 agonists have been shown to be effective therapeutic or prophylactic agents for peripheral vascular diseases, such as arteriosclerosis obliterans, thromboangiitis obliterans, Buerger's disease and diabetic neuropathy, septicemia, angiitis, nephritis, pneumonia, cerebral infarction, myocardial infarction, edema, arteriosclerosis, varicose veins, such as piles, anal fissure and anal fistula, dissecting arterial aneurysm, stenocardia, DIC, pleuritis, congestive heart failure, multiple organ failure, bed sore, burn, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, heart transplantation, kidney transplantation, skin transplantation, liver transplantation, bone marrow transplantation, osteoporosis, chronic hepatitis, hepatic cirrhosis, chronic renal failure and glomerulosclerosis (Patent Article 3). Furthermore, compounds that act as agonists of S1P receptors have been shown to modulate the migration of leukocytes (Non-Patent Article 4 and Non-Patent Article 5). Moreover, the derivatives mentioned in the aforementioned Non-Patent Articles have been shown effective not only against various organ transplants and GVHD, but also against autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, lupus nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, type I and type II diabetes and Crohn's disease, allergic diseases, such as atopic dermatitis, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic contact dermatitis, and inflammatory diseases, such as inflammatory bowel disease and ulcerative colitis (Patent Article 4 and Patent Article 5). Phosphoric acid derivatives similar to what are described in Patent Articles 4 and 5 and act as antagonists of S1P receptors are described in Patent Article 6. Other S1P receptor modulators are disclosed in Patent Articles 7, 8, 9 and 10.
In the course of the studies to develop compounds that have an ability to modulate S1P receptors, which are involved in the onset of various disorders, the present inventors have drawn the attention to aminophosphonic acid derivatives having different structures from previously known compounds and have made an effort in searching for novel modulators of S1P receptors. Quite recently, S1P receptor agonists having an amino group along with a phosphonic acid unit were disclosed in Patent Articles 11, 12 and 13. Each of these compounds has a structure in which the amino group is integrated in their linking backbone. This structure differs from the structure of the compounds of the present invention, which essentially has the form of β-aminophosphonic acid or γ-aminophosphonic acid in which an amino group exists on the linking backbone. Patent Article 14 describes similar compounds but the compounds of the present invention are not included.
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
It is thus an objective of the present invention to provide an aminophosphonic acid derivative that can effectively modulate S1P receptors with less side effects.
The present inventors have conducted extensive studies to find compounds that have an ability to modulate S1P receptors and are highly safe. As a result, the inventors have found that certain aminophosphonic acid derivatives with a diarylsulfide or diarylether group that have a different structure from any of previously known S1P receptor modulators act as potent modulators of S1P receptors. It is this finding that led to the present invention.
Accordingly, the present invention provides an S1P receptor modulator containing as an active ingredient at least one of aminophosphonic acid derivatives represented by the following general formula (1):
[wherein R 1 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a halogenated or unhalogenated lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a phenyl group, an aralkyl group, a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a trifluoromethyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy group, a cyclohexylmethyloxy group, a substituted or unsubstituted aralkyloxy group, a pyridylmethyloxy group, a cinnamyloxy group, a naphthylmethyloxy group, a phenoxymethyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, a hydroxyethyl group, a lower alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkylsulfinyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a benzylthio group, an acetyl group, a nitro group or a cyano group; R 2 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a halogenated or unhalogenated lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group or an aralkyloxy group; R 3 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, a benzyloxy group, a phenyl group, a lower alkoxymethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a lower alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; R 4 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkoxymethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a lower alkylthiomethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, a hydroxymethyl group, a phenyl group or an aralkyl group; R 5 is a hydrogen atom or a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; X is O, S, SO or SO 2 ; Y is —CH 2 O—, —CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —CH═CF—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CFH—, —CH 2 CF 2 — or —CH(OH)CF 2 —; and n is an integer from 1 to 4], and an optical isomer, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and a hydrate thereof.
More specifically,
(I) the present invention provides: an aminophosphonic acid derivative represented by the following general formula (1):
[wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , Y and n are as defined above], and an optical isomer, and a pharmaceutically acceptable salt and a hydrate thereof;
(II) 2-aminophosphonic acid monoester derivative represented by the following general formula (1a):
[wherein R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above], and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof;
(III) 2-aminophosphonic acid monoester derivative represented by the general formula (1a) and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof;
(IV) 3-aminophosphonic acid derivative represented by the following general formula (1b):
[wherein z is CH 2 —, —CH═CH—, —CH═CF—, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CHF—, —CH 2 CF 2 — or —CH(OH)CF 2 —; and R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above], and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof;
(V) 3-aminophosphonic acid derivative represented by the general formula (1b), and the optical isomer, and the pharmaceutically acceptable salt and the hydrate thereof, wherein R 3 is a chlorine atom; and
(VI) An S1P receptor modulator containing as an active ingredient at least one of the compounds of (I) to (V) above.
The compounds of the general formulae (1), (1a) and (1b) are novel compounds.
Among preferred compounds of the present invention are aminophosphonic acid ester derivatives according to claim 1 , including 1) 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonic acid monoester, 2) 2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylbutylphosphonic acid monoester, 3) 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid monoester, 4) 2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonic acid monoester, 5) 3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid and 6) 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts and hydrates thereof.
BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
Pharmaceutically acceptable alkaline salts of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) according to the present invention include sodium salts, potassium salts, magnesium salts, calcium salts and aluminum salts. Acid salts of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) include hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, acetates, trifluoroacetates, methanesulfonates, citrates and tartarates.
The halogen atom in the general formula (1) may be fluorine, chlorine, bromine or iodine. The lower alkyl group as in the “lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkyl group sulfinyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms,” the “lower alkyl sulfonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms” or the “lower alkoxymethyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms” in the general formula (1) is a straight-chained or branched hydrocarbon having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, including methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and t-butyl. The “substituted or unsubstituted phenoxy group” or “substituted or unsubstituted aralkyl group” in the general formula (1) is a phenoxy or aralkyl group that has at some position on its benzene ring a halogen atom, such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom, a trifluoromethyl group, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or a lower alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The “aralkyl group” as in “aralkyl group” or “aralkyloxy group” in the general formula (1) may be a benzyl group, a diphenylmethyl group, a phenethyl group or a phenylpropyl group.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1) according to the present invention, those in which Y is —CH 2 O— and R5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which are represented by the following general formula (1c):
(wherein R 6 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following pathway:
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (3):
(wherein R 7 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting a compound represented by the following general formula (2):
(wherein A is a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , X and n are as defined above) with a compound represented by the following general formula (8):
(wherein R 4 and R 7 are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step A).
This reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF) or tetrahydrofurane (THF) as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium alkoxide, potassium alkoxide, potassium carbonate and sodium carbonate.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (4):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (3) (Step B).
This reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMF or DMSO as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature and in the presence of a base, such as aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide. Preferably, the compound of the general formula (3) is reacted with potassium hydroxide in an ethanol solvent at 50° C.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (5):
(wherein R 8 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 7 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by allowing the compound of the general formula (4) to undergo Curtis rearrangement (Step C).
This reaction can be carried out by using common techniques for converting a carboxyl group into a carbamate. One such technique involves the use of ethyl chlorocarbonate and NaN 3 . Another preferred technique involves heating diphenylphosphoryl azide (DPPA) in a benzene or toluene solvent in the presence of a base such as triethylamine while stirring the mixture, followed by addition of a lower alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropanol, butanol and t-butanol and then further heating while stirring the mixture. Alternatively, the reaction may use only a lower alcohol as a reaction solvent and is carried out by heating and stirring the mixture and, preferably, by heat-refluxing the mixture.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (6):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by the reduction of the compound of the general formula (5) (Step D).
This reaction may use an alkylborane derivative such as borane (BH 3 ) and 9-borabicyclo[3.3.1]nonane(9-BBN) and a metal hydride complex such as diisobutylaluminum hydride ((iBu) 2 AlH), sodium borohydride (NaBH 4 ) and lithium aluminum hydride (LiAlH 4 ), preferably lithium borohydride (LiBH 4 ), and uses THF, 1,4-dioxane, ethanol or methanol as a reaction solvent. The reaction may typically be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably at room temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound represented by the following general formula (7):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (6) with a compound represented by the following general formula (9):
P(OR 6 ) 3 (9)
(wherein R 6 is as described above) (Step E).
This reaction may be carried out without any solvent or by using methylene chloride, chloroform, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, THF or ether as a dilution solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature and in the presence of carbon tetrabromide and pyridine.
In the synthetic pathway 1, the compound of the general formula (1c) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (7) (Step F).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 4 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxymethyl group, R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Y is —CH 2 O— and which are represented by the following general formula (1d):
(wherein R 9 is a hydrogen atom or a hydroxymethyl group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following pathway:
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound represented by the following general formula (10):
(wherein Boc is t-butoxycarbonyl group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 7 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (2) with a compound represented by the following general formula (13):
(wherein R 7 and Boc are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step G).
This reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of an inorganic base such as sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium alkoxide, potassium alkoxide, potassium carbonate and sodium carbonate.
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound represented by the following general formula (11):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 9 , X, Boc and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (10) (Step H).
This reaction may use an alkylborane derivative such as BH 3 and 9-BBN and a metal hydride complex such as (iBu) 2 AlH, NaBH 4 and LiAlH 4 , preferably LiBH 4 , and uses THF, 1,4-dioxane, ethanol or methanol as a reaction solvent. The reaction may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably at room temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound represented by the following general formula (12):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 6 , R 9 , X, Boc and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (11) with a compound represented by the following general formula (9):
P(OR 6 ) 3 (9)
(wherein R 6 is as described above) (Step I).
This reaction may be carried out without any solvent or by using methylene chloride, chloroform, acetonitrile, ethyl acetate, THF or ether as a solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature and in the presence of carbon tetrabromide and pyridine.
In the synthetic pathway 2, the compound of the general formula (1d) can be obtained by acidolysis of the compound of the general formula (12) (Step J).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which Y is —CH═CH— or —CH 2 —CH 2 — and R 5 is a lower alkyl group, which are represented by the following general formula (1e):
(wherein W is —CH═CH— or —CH 2 —CH 2 —; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following synthetic pathway 3:
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (14):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by oxidation of the compound of the general formula (6) (Step K).
This reaction may be carried out using a common technique for oxidizing alcohol into aldehyde. Among agents used in these techniques are chromium oxide/pyridine complexes, such as pyridinium chlorochromate and pyridinium dichromate, and metal oxidizing agents, such as chromium oxide, silver carbonate and manganese dioxide. DMSO oxidation using DMSO activating agents, such as oxalyl chloride, anhydrous trifluoroacetic acid, anhydrous acetic acid, DCC and sulfur trioxide/pyridine complex, may also be employed.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (15):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (14) with a compound represented by the following general formula (19):
(wherein R 6 are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step L).
This reaction may use THF, ether or 1,4-dioxane as a reaction solvent and can be carried out at a reaction temperature of −78° C. to room temperature and in the presence of sodium hydride, potassium hydride, sodium alkoxide or potassium alkoxide, preferably n-butyllithium.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (16):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (15) (Step M).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and is preferably carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (17):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (15) (Step N).
This reaction can be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and is carried out at room temperature under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure.
In the synthetic pathway 3, the compound represented by the following general formula (18):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (17) (Step O).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
The compound of the general formula (18) can also be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (16) (Step P). In such a case, the reaction may be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and may be carried out under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure at room temperature.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which Y is —CH═CF— or —CH 2 CHF— and R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, which are represented by the following general formula (1f):
(wherein Q is —CH═CF— or —CH 2 CHF—; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following synthetic pathway 4:
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (20):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (14) with the compound represented by the following general formula (24):
FBr 2 CPO(OR 6 ) 2 (24)
(wherein R 6 is as defined above) in the presence of chlorotrimethylsilane (Step Q).
This reaction may use n-butyllithium or lithium diisopropylamide as a base and 1,4-dioxane, ether or, preferably, THF as a solvent and may be carried out at −78° C. to 0° C.
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (21):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (20) (Step R).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (22):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (20) (Step S).
This reaction can be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at room temperature under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure.
In the synthetic pathway 4, the compound represented by the following general formula (23):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reduction of the compound of the general formula (21) (Step T) or acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (22) (Step U).
This reduction process can be carried out in the presence of a reduction catalyst, such as palladium carbon, platinum carbon, platinum oxide, rhodium carbon and ruthenium carbon, and in such a solvent as ethanol, methanol, THF, DMF and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at room temperature under a hydrogen pressure of atmospheric or higher pressure. The acidolysis or hydrolysis process may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Y is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CHF— or —CH 2 CF 2 —, which are represented by the following general formula (1g):
(wherein T is —CH 2 —, —CH 2 CH 2 —, —CH 2 CHF— or —CH 2 CF 2 —; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced through the following synthetic pathway 5:
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound represented by the following general formula (25):
(wherein U is an iodine atom, a bromine atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be produced from the compound of the general formula (6) (Step V).
For the introduction of methanesulfonyloxy group or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group, an organic solvent such as methylene chloride, chloroform, ethyl acetate and THF is used along with a base such as triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, pyridine, lutidine and 2,4,6-trimethylpyridine, and the compound of the general formula (6) is preferably reacted with methanesulfonyl chloride or anhydrous trifluoromethanesulfonate at −45° C. to room temperature.
The brominated or iodized compound is synthesized by reacting the methanesulfonyloxylated product obtained in the above process with sodium bromide, sodium iodide, potassium bromide, potassium iodide, lithium bromide or lithium iodide at room temperature to reflux temperature in a solvent such as toluene, benzene or THF.
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound represented by the following general formula (26-1):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (25) with a compound represented by the following general formula (27):
PO(OR 6 ) 3 (27)
(wherein R 6 is as defined above) (Step W-1).
This reaction is preferably carried out in the absence of solvent and using the compound of the general formula (27) as a solvent and is preferably carried out at 100 to 150° C. or at reflux temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound represented by the following general formula (26-2):
(wherein V is a fluorinated or unfluorinated methylene group; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (25) with a compound represented by the following general formula (28):
HVPO(OR 6 ) 2 (28)
(wherein R 6 and V are as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step W-2).
This reaction may be carried out in the presence of such a base as lithium diisopropylamide, lithium hexamethyldisilazide and lithium tetramethylpiperidide in such a reaction solvent as THF and 1,4-dioxane and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of −78° C. to room temperature.
In the synthetic pathway 5, the compound of the general formula (1g) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (26-1) or (26-2) (Step X).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 5 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Y is —CH(OH)CF 2 — and which are represented by the following general formula (1h):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X and n are as defined above) can be synthesized through the following synthetic pathway 6:
In the synthetic pathway 6, the compound represented by the following general formula (29):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 , X and n are as defined above) can be obtained by reacting the compound of the general formula (14) with a compound represented by the following general formula (30):
HCF 2 PO(OR 6 ) 2 (30)
(wherein R 6 is as defined above) in the presence of a base (Step Y).
This reaction may use n-butyllithium, preferably lithium diisopropylamide, as a base and 1,4-dioxane or ether, preferably THF, as a solvent and may be carried out at −78° C. to 0° C.
In the synthetic pathway 6, the compound of the general formula (1h) can be obtained by acidolysis or hydrolysis of the compound of the general formula (29) (Step Z).
This reaction may be carried out in an inorganic acid or organic acid such as acetic acid, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, methanesulfonic acid and trifluoroacetic acid or in a mixture with an organic solvent such as methanol, ethanol, THF, 1,4-dioxane and ethyl acetate and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to room temperature. Alternatively, the reaction may use methanol, ethanol, 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF or THF as a reaction solvent and may be carried out at a reaction temperature of 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably 80° C. to 100° C., and in the presence of a base such as an aqueous solution of sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide or lithium hydroxide.
Of the compounds represented by the general formula (1), those in which R 5 is hydrogen and which are represented by the following general formula (1i):
(wherein R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , X, Y and n are as defined above) can be obtained by acidolysis or treatment with trimethylsilyl bromide or trimethylsilyl iodide of the compound represented by the following general formula (31):
(wherein R 10 is a hydrogen atom or a lower alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms; and R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 6 , X, Y and n are as defined above).
The acidolysis process is preferably carried out in an inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid and hydrobromic acid or in a mixture with an organic acid such as methanol and ethanol and is preferably carried out at reflux temperature.
Alternatively, the reaction may use acetonitrile or methylene chloride as a solvent and the compound of the general formula (31) may be treated with trimethylsilyl bromide or trimethylsilyl iodide, or the combination of trimethylsilyl chloride and sodium bromide or sodium iodide. In such a case, the reaction is preferably carried out at 0° C. to room temperature.
The compounds of the respective general formulae in which X is SO or SO 2 may also be obtained by oxidation of the corresponding compounds in which X is S.
Such a reaction may use 1,4-dioxane, DMSO, DMF, THF, methylene chloride or chloroform as a reaction solvent and potassium permanganate, m-chlorobenzoic acid or aqueous hydrogen peroxide as an oxidizing agent and is preferably carried out at 0° C. to reflux temperature, preferably at room temperature.
EXAMPLES
The present invention will now be described with reference to specific examples, which are not intended to limit the scope of the invention in any way.
Reference Example 1
2-chloro-4-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenylthio]benzaldehyde
To a DMF solution (20 mL) of 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (1.15 g) and 3-(trifluoromethyl)thiophenol (1.33 g), potassium carbonate (2.76 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 120° C. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1). This gave the desired product as a pale yellow oil (1.96 g).
Reference Examples 2 Through 57
In a similar manner to Reference Example 1, different thiophenols and phenols were used to synthesize the different compounds shown in Table 1 below.
TABLE 1
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
2
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
3
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
4
Me
H
H
H
O
5
o-i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
6
C 6 H 11
H
H
H
O
7
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
8
CF 3
H
H
H
O
9
CF,
H
OMe
H
O
10
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
11
CF 3
H
H
OCH 2 Ph
O
12
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
13
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
14
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
15
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
16
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
17
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
18
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
19
CF 3
c-MeO
H
Cl
O
20
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
21
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
22
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
23
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
24
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
25
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
26
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
27
CF 3
c-NO 2
H
H
O
28
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
29
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
30
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
31
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
32
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
33
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
34
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
35
PhCH 3 O
H
H
SMe
O
36
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
37
PhCH 8 O
H
H
Et
O
38
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
39
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
40
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
41
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
42
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
43
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
44
MeO
c-CF 3
H
H
O
45
MeS
H
H
H
O
46
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
47
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
48
Cl
c-cl
H
H
S
49
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
50
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
S
51
CF 3
H
H
H
S
52
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
53
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
54
MeO
H
H
H
S
55
MeO
H
H
CF 3
S
56
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
57
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 58
2-fluoro-4-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]benzaldehyde
3-(trifluoromethyl)phenylboric acid (1.03 g) and 2-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (760 mg) were dissolved in methylene chloride (20 mL). While the mixture was stirred, copper acetate (985 mg), molecular sieve 4A (800 mg) and triethylamine (3.76 mL) were added to the mixture. An equal amount of copper acetate was added after 6 hours and after 24 hours. After 48 hours of stirring, the insoluble materials were removed by filtration and the filtrate was poured in water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=7:1 then 2:1). This gave the desired product as a pale yellow oil (265 mg).
Reference Example 59
4-[(3-benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2-fluorobenzaldehyde
In a similar manner to Reference Example 58, 3-benzyloxyphenylboric acid and 2-fluoro-4-hydroxybenzaldehyde were used to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 60
Ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenylthio]cinnamate
At 0° C. and under a stream of argon gas, 60% sodium hydride (272 mg) was added to a THF solution (30 mL) of ethyl diethylphosphonoacetate (1.35 mL). The mixture was stirred for 30 min and a THF solution (15 mL) of the compound of Reference Example 1 (1.96 g) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours while kept at the same temperature. This was followed by addition of water and extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (1.72 g).
Reference Examples 61 Through 118
In a similar manner to Reference Example 60, the compounds of Reference Examples 2 through 59 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 2 below.
TABLE 2
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
61
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
62
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
63
Me
H
H
H
O
64
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
65
C 6 H 11
H
H
H
O
66
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
67
CF 3
H
H
H
O
68
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
69
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
70
CF 3
H
H
OCH 2 Ph
O
71
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
72
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
73
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
74
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
75
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
76
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
77
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
78
CF 3
c-MeO
H
Cl
O
79
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
80
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
81
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
82
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
83
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
84
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
85
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
86
CF 3
H
H
F
O
87
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
88
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
89
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
90
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
91
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
92
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
93
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
94
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
95
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
96
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
97
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
98
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
99
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
100
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
101
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
102
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
103
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
104
MeO
c-CF 3
H
H
O
105
MeS
H
H
H
O
106
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
107
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
108
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
S
109
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
110
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
S
111
CF 3
H
H
H
S
112
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
113
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
114
MeO
H
H
H
S
115
MeO
H
H
CF 3
S
116
CF 3
c-NO 2
H
H
O
117
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
118
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 119
Methyl 4′-(3-ethylphenoxy)cinnamate
To a DMF solution (50 mL) of 3-ethylphenol (1.13 g) and methyl 4′-fluorocinnamate (834 mg), potassium carbonate (1.92 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours at 140° C. The reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=30:1). This gave the desired product as a yellow oil (540 mg).
Reference Example 120
Methyl 4′-(3-isobutylphenoxy)cinnamate
To a DMF solution (10 mL) of 3-isobutylphenol (451 mg) and methyl 4′-fluorocinnamate (541 mg), potassium carbonate (622 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours at 140° C. The reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=30:1). This gave the desired product as a yellow oil (278 mg).
Reference Example 121
Ethyl 4′-[(3-phenoxymethyl)phenoxy]cinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 63 (2.82 g) was dissolved in tetrachlorocarbon (50 mL). To this solution, N-bromosuccinimide (2.31 g) was added and the mixture was stirred while heated and exposed to light. After 24 hours, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=6:1). This gave ethyl 4′-[(3-bromomethyl)phenoxy]cinnamate as a yellow oil (1.30 g). The resultant brominated product (1.24 g) was dissolved in DMF (25 mL). To this solution, phenol (380 mg) and potassium carbonate (500 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at 60° C. The reaction mixture was poured into water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (1.30 g).
Reference Example 122
Ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 60 (1.72 g) was dissolved in ethanol (70 mL). While the solution was stirred at 0° C., bismuth chloride (703 mg) was added. Subsequently, sodium borohydride (673 mg) was added in small portions and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at this temperature and 3 hours at room temperature. Ice water was added and the crystallized insoluble inorganic residue was removed by filtration through Celite. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.50 g) (Process A).
Reference Example 123
Methyl 4′-(3-ethylphenoxy)dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 119 (540 mg) was dissolved in ethanol (20 mL) and 10%-Pd/C (80.0 mg) was added. Under a stream of hydrogen, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (Process B).
Reference Example 124
Ethyl 2′-benzyloxy-4′-[(3-trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 70 (2.29 mg) was dissolved in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and 5%-Pd/C-ethylenediamine complex (230 mg) was added. Under a stream of hydrogen, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3.5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (2.30 g) (Process C).
Reference Example 125
Methyl 4′-[(3-methylthio)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
Under a stream of argon gas, the compound of Reference Example 105 (4.07 g) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL). While the solution was stirred at 10° C., magnesium (1.00 g) was added. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours while kept at this temperature, and diluted hydrochloric acid was added. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (3.70 g) (Process D).
Reference Examples 126 Through 182
Similarly, the compounds of Reference Examples 61 through 69, 71 through 104, 106 through 116, 117 and 118, and 120 and 121 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 3 below.
TABLE 3
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
Process
126
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
A
127
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
B
128
Me
H
H
H
O
B
129
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
A
130
C 5 H 11
H
H
H
O
B
131
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
B
132
CF 3
H
H
H
O
B
133
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
B
134
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
B
135
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
B
136
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
B
137
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
B
138
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
B
139
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
A
140
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
A
141
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
A
142
CF 3
c-MeO
H
Cl
O
B
143
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
A
144
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
B
145
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
B
146
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
A
147
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
B
148
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
B
149
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
A
150
CF 3
H
H
F
O
B
151
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
F
O
A
152
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
H
O
A
153
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
A
154
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
A
155
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
C
156
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
B
157
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
A
158
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
A
159
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
A
160
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
A
161
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
A
162
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
A
163
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
A
164
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
A
165
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
A
166
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
A
167
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
A
168
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
A
169
MeO
c-CF 3
H
H
O
B
170
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
A
171
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
A
172
Cl
H
H
H
S
D
173
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
A
174
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
S
D
175
CF 3
H
H
H
S
A
176
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
A
177
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
A
178
MeO
H
H
H
S
A
179
MeO
H
H
CF 3
S
A
180
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
B
181
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
A
182
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
A
D = Methyl ester
Reference Example 183
Ethyl 4′-[3-chloro-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 116 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 124 to obtain ethyl 4′-[3-amino-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate. An MeCN solution (15 mL) containing this compound (1.27 g) was added to an MeCN solution (40 mL) containing copper chloride (725 mg) and tBuONO (0.51 mL). This mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature, followed by addition of water and extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed with water and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1). This gave the desired product as a pale yellow oil (1.10 g).
Reference Example 184
Benzyl 4′-[3-benzyloxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]dihydrocinnamate
The compound of Reference Example 169 (840 mg) was dissolved in methylene chloride (20 mL). While the solution was stirred at 0° C., a 1 mol/L methylene chloride solution of tribromoboron (3.42 mL) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Subsequently, ice water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to give 4′-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-hydroxyphenoxy)dihydrocinnamic acid as a pale brown powder (750 mg). The resulting powder was dissolved in DME (50 mL). To this solution, potassium carbonate (1.04 g) and benzyl bromide (0.602 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was poured into ice water, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a brown oil.
Reference Example 185
Benzyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorodihydrocinnamate
Using the compound of Reference Example 177, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 184 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 186
Benzyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-dihydrocinnamate
Using the compound of Reference Example 178, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 184 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 187
Ethyl 4′-[3-benzyloxy-5-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-2′-chlorodihydrocinnamate
In the same manner as in Reference Example 184, the compound of Reference Example 142 was reacted to give 2′-chloro-4′-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-hydroxyphenoxy)dihydrocinnamic acid. This cinnamic acid (1.47 g) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., thionyl chloride (3 mL) was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred for 2 hours while kept at this temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1 and then 6:1) to give ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-hydroxyphenoxy)dihydrocinnamate as a colorless oil (1.38 g). In the same manner as in Reference Example 184, the resulting ester was converted into a benzyl ether using potassium carbonate and benzyl bromide. This gave the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 188
Ethyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-trifluoromethyldihydrocinnamate
Using the compound of Reference Example 179, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 187 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 189
4′-[(3-benzyloxy)phenylthio]-2′-chlorodihydrocinnamyl alcohol
The compound of Reference Example 185 (7.40 g) was dissolved in THF (100 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., lithium aluminum hydride (500 mg) was added. After 10 min, a 20% aqueous solution of NaOH was added and the crystallized insoluble inorganic residue was removed by filtration through Celite. The filtrate was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (6.37 g).
Reference Examples 190 Through 251
In a similar manner to Reference Example 189, the compounds of Reference Examples 122 through 141, 143 through 168, 170 through 177 and 180 through 188 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 4 below.
TABLE 4
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
190
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
191
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
192
Me
H
H
H
O
193
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
184
C 5 H 11
H
H
H
O
195
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
196
CF 3
H
H
H
O
197
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
198
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
199
CF 3
H
CF 3 H
O
O
200
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
201
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
202
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
203
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
204
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
205
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
208
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
207
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
208
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
209
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
210
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
211
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
212
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
213
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
214
CF 3
H
H
F
O
215
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
218
CF 3
H
H
Cl
S
217
Et
H
H
H
O
218
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
O
219
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
220
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
221
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
222
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
223
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
224
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
225
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
228
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
227
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
228
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
229
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
230
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
231
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
232
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
233
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
234
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
235
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
O
236
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
237
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
238
Cl
H
H
H
S
239
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
240
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
S
241
CF 3
H
H
H
S
242
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
243
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
244
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
S
245
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
S
246
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
247
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
O
248
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
O
249
MeS
H
H
H
O
250
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
251
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 252
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chloro-dihydrocinnamyl iodide
The compound of Reference Example 189 (1.38 g) was dissolved in THF (20 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., imidazole (545 mg), triphenylphosphine (2.10 g) and iodine (2.00 g) were added. The mixture was stirred 2 hours at this temperature and subsequent 1.5 hours at room temperature, and additional imidazole (160 mg), triphenyl phosphine (600 mg) and iodine (50 mg) were added. The mixture was stirred overnight, followed by the addition of water and then sodium thiosulfate. The reaction mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=50:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.55 g).
Reference Examples 253 Through 314
In a similar manner to Reference Example 252, the compounds of Reference Examples 190 through 251 were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Table 5 below.
TABLE 5
Reference
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
253
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
254
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
255
Me
H
H
H
O
256
i-Pr
o-i-Pr
H
Cl
O
257
C 6 H 11
H
H
H
O
258
C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
259
CF 3
H
H
H
O
260
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
261
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
262
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
263
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
O
264
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
265
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
266
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
267
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
268
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
269
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
270
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
271
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
272
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
273
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
274
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-PH(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
275
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-PH(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
276
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-PH(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
277
CF 3
H
H
F
O
278
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
279
CF 3
H
H
Cl
S
280
Et
H
H
H
O
281
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
O
282
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
283
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
284
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
285
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
H
O
288
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
287
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
288
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
289
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
290
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
291
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
292
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
293
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
294
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
295
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
296
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
297
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
i-Pr
O
298
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
O
299
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
300
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
301
Cl
H
H
H
S
302
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
303
CF 3
c-Me H
H
H
S
304
CF 3
H
H
H
S
305
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
306
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
307
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
S
308
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
S
309
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
310
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
O
311
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
O
312
MeS
H
H
H
O
313
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
314
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
Reference Example 315
4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzyl bromide
Using 3,5-dichlorophenol and 4-fluorobenzaldehyde, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 to obtain 4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzaldehyde. Subsequently, the same procedure as in Reference Example 189 was followed using sodium borohydride in place of the lithium aluminum hydride. This gave 4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)benzyl alcohol. The resulting alcohol (2.03 g), along with carbon tetrabromide (2.75 g), was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., triphenyl phosphine (2.17 g) was added. The mixture was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hour and at room temperature for the subsequent 30 min. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (3.12 g).
Reference Example 316
1-iodopropyl-4-[(3-methanesulfinyl)phenoxy]benzene
The compound of Reference Example 312 (1.80 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., m-chlorobenzoic acid (770 mg) was added in small portions. The mixture was stirred at this temperature for 1 hour and at room temperature for the subsequent 24 hours. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium carbonate and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1 and then 1:2) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (1.29 g).
Reference Example 317
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
Reference Example 317-1
2′-chloro-4′-(3-methoxyphenylthio)benzyl cyanide
The compound of Reference Example 53 was treated in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to obtain an alcohol. The alcohol (5.64 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (100 mL) and phosphorus tribromide (2.25 mL) was added dropwise. Following stirring at room temperature for 1 hour, ice water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and an aqueous solution of sodium chloride, and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation to obtain a pale yellow oil. The oil and potassium cyanide (1.56 g) were dissolved in a mixture of DMSO (25 mL) and water (10 mL) and the solution was stirred at 90° C. for 5 hours. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1) to give the desired cyano-product as a pale yellow oil (3.81 g).
Reference Example 317-2
Ethyl 2′-chloro-4′-(3-methoxyphenylthio)phenylacetate
The cyano-product (3.81 g) and potassium hydroxide (3.68 g) were added to a mixture of ethanol (80 mL) and water (10 mL), and the solution was refluxed for 6 hours. Subsequently, the solution was allowed to cool and the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was neutralized with diluted hydrochloric acid. This mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and ethanol (50 mL) and thionyl chloride (2 mL) were added to the resulting residue. This mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour and the solvent was removed by distillation. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1) to give the ethyl ester product as a colorless oil (3.89 g).
Reference Example 317-3
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
The ethyl ester was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 187 to obtain ethyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenyl-acetate. The product was reduced as in Reference Example 189 to obtain an alcohol, which in turn was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 318
1-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-3-chloro-4-iodobutylbenzene
Reference Example 318-1
4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenethyl aldehyde
Ethyl 4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenylacetate obtained in Reference Example 317-3 was subjected to alkali-hydrolysis. The resulting product was condensed with N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine to form an amide product, which in turn was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to give the desired aldehyde product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 318-2
Ethyl 4-[(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]butyrate
The compound of Reference Example 318-1 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 60 and the unsaturated bonds of the resulting product were reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 122 to give the desired ethyl butyrate derivative.
Reference Example 318-3
1-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-3-chloro-4-iodobutylbenzene
The compound of Reference Example 318-2 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to obtain an alcohol product, which in turn was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 319
4′-[(3-benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
The compound of Reference Example 56 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 317 to obtain the desired product as a yellow oil.
Reference Example 320
4-[(3-benzyloxy)phenoxy]-2-chloro-1-iodobutylbenzene
The compound of Reference Example 56 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 318 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
Reference Example 321
41-benzyloxydihydrocinnamyl iodide
4′-benzyloxydihydrocinnamyl alcohol was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to obtain the desired product as a yellow powder.
Reference Example 322
4′-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorobenzyl bromide
In place of 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde, 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzonitrile was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 to obtain 2-chloro-4-(3-methoxyphenylthio)benzonitrile. Following the same procedure as in Reference Example 317-2, this product was hydrolyzed and, then, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 187, the methoxy group was decomposed and esterified to convert the product into a benzyl ether. The product was then reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 189 to be converted into an alcohol. Subsequently, the product was reacted with carbon tetrabromide in the same manner as in Reference Example 315 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
Reference Example 323
2′-chloro-4′-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)dihydrocinnamyl iodide
Using p-trifluoromethylphenol, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 1 to obtain an aldehyde. Following the same procedure as in Reference Example 60, the aldehyde was subjected to Horner-Emmons reaction. Subsequently, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 123, the resulting product was reduced and, then, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 189, the reduced product was converted into an alcohol. Subsequently, the alcohol was iodized in the same manner as in Reference Example 252 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI+): 440 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 2.12-2.19 (2H, m), 2.85 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.21 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 6.90 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.04-7.08 (3H, m), 7.23-7.27 (1H, m), 7.60 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz).
Reference Example 324
2′-chloro-4′-(2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)dihydrocinnamyl iodide
Using o-trifluoromethylphenol, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 232 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI+): 440 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 2.11-2.18 (2H, m), 2.83 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.21 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 6.96 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.04 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 7.18-7.26 (2H, m), 7.49 (1H, t, J=8.6 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz).
Reference Example 325
4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorobenzaldehyde
p-hydroxythiophenol (2.12 g) was dissolved in N,N-dimethylformamide (40 mL). To this solution, 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde (2.66 g) and potassium carbonate (4.64 g) were added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at 50° C. Subsequently, benzyl bromide (4.00 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours at 50° C. and then for 2.5 hours at 70° C. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Following addition of water, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless solid (5.70 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 5.12 (2H, s), 6.96-7.03 (3H, m), 7.06 (2H, m), 7.38-7.50 (6H, m), 8.56 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 10.33 (1H, s).
Reference Example 326
4′-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethylaldehyde
To an ice-cold tetrahydrofuran solution (160 mL) of (Methoxymethyl)triphenylphosphonium chloride (8.28 g), t-butoxy potassium (2.71 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour, followed by addition of the compound of Reference Example 325 (5.70 g) and 1 hour of stirring. Subsequently, water was added to the mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=6:1). This gave the desired vinyl ether product as a pale yellow oil (6.50 g). This product was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (90 mL). To this solution, a 6 mol/L aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid (60 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours at 60° C. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. Following addition of water, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=9:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless powder (4.48 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 3.77 (2H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.97-7.04 (3H, m), 7.05-7.10 (1H, m), 7.15 (1H, d, J=1.8 Hz), 7.32-7.46 (7H, m), 9.72 (1H, t, J=1.8 Hz).
Reference Example 327
4′-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2′-chlorophenethyl iodide
Following the same procedure as in Reference Example 189, the compound of Example 326 was converted into an alcohol. Then, using the same procedure as in Reference Example 252, this alcohol was iodized to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 3.22 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.30 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s) 6.96-7.02 (3H, m), 7.09 (2H, d, J=7.9 Hz); 7.33-7.45 (7H, m).
Example 1
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-2-etoxycarbonylpentanoate
At room temperature and under a stream of argon gas, sodium t-butoxide (490 mg) was added to diethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylaminomalonate (1.3 mL) in a mixture of THF (35 mL) and DMF (4 mL). This mixture was stirred for 20 min at 80° C. and was allowed to cool to room temperature. To the cooled mixture, a THF solution (5 mL) of the compound of Reference Example 279 (1.55 g) was added dropwise. The resulting mixture was refluxed for 5 hours, was poured into ice water, and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=5:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.87 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.22-1.36 (6H, m), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.45-1.53 (2H, m), 2.37 (2H, br), 2.74 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 4.23 (4H, m), 5.94 (1H, s), 7.16-7.21 (2H, m), 7.36-7.56 (5H, m).
Examples 2 through 67
In a similar manner to Example 1, the halogen derivatives of respective Reference Examples were used to synthesize the compounds shown in Tables 6 and 7 below.
TABLE 6
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
2
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
74
3
t-Bu
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
64
4
CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
5
CF 3
H
OMe
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
6
CF 3
H
H
OMe
O
3
Colorless oil
100
7
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
8
CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
92
9
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
O
3
Yellow oil
47
10
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
89
11
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
94
12
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
91
13
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
83
14
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
O
3
Colorless oil
90
15
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
97
16
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
96
17
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
O
3
Colorless oil
100
18
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
98
19
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
20
PhO
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
92
21
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
95
22
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
O
3
Colorless oil
100
23
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
O
3
Colorless oil
—
24
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
O
3
Colorless oil
100
25
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
O
3
Colorless oil
72
26
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
2
Pale yellow oil
100
27
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
3
Colorless oil
100
28
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
4
Colorless oil
100
29
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
99
30
Cl
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
82
31
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
S
3
Colorless oil
68
32
Et
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
33
SOMe
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
34
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
O
1
Colorless oil
56
35
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
O
3
Colorless oil
100
36
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
37
CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
38
CF 3
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
39
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
O
3
Colorless oil
100
40
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
— Yield is shown in Tables 8-10 in association with the subsequent step.
TABLE 7
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
41
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
O
3
Pale yellow oil
41
42
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
O
3
Pale yellow oil
72
43
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
93
44
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
2
Colorless oil
—
45
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
O
4
Colorless oil
—
46
CF 3
H
H
F
O
3
Colorless oil
100
47
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
—
48
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
—
49
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
100
50
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
O
3
Colorless oil
100
51
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
O
3
Colorless oil
—
52
MeS
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
83
53
n-C 5 H 11
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
86
54
c-C 7 H 15
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
88
55
iPr
o-iPrO
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
95
56
iPr
o-iPr
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
66
57
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
—
58
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
O
3
Colorless oil
—
59
i-Bu
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
78
60
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
100
61
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
O
3
Colorless oil
—
62
CF 3
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
90
63
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
S
3
Pale yellow oil
53
64
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
100
65
MeO
H
H
Cl
S
3
Colorless oil
87
66
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
—
67
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
S
3
Colorless oil
100
68
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
S
1
Colorless oil
100
— Yield is shown in Tables 8-10 in association with the subsequent step.
Example 69
Ethyl 5-[(4-benzyloxy)phenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonylpentanoate
The compound of Reference Example 321 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.22 (6H, t, J=7.1 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.44-1.47 (2H, m), 2.31 (2H, br s), 2.57 (2H, t, J=7.6 Hz), 4.11-4.27 (4H, m), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.92 (1H, br s), 6.88 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.06 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.29-7.43 (5H, m).
Example 70
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-isopropoxyphenoxy)phenyl]pentanoate
The compound of Example 69 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 123. The resulting phenol product (850 mg) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL). To this solution, 2-iodopropane (0.2 mL) and potassium carbonate (500 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours at 60° C. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (760 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.23 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.31 (6H, d, J=5.9 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.45-1.52 (2H, m), 2.34 (2H, br), 2.61 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 4.17-4.27 (4H, m), 4.50 (1H, heptet, 5.9 Hz), 5.94 (1H, br s), 6.50-6.53 (2H, m), 6.59-6.62 (1H, m), 6.92 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.10 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.18 (1H, t, J=8.8 Hz).
Example 71
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-5-[4-(3,5-dichlorophenoxy)phenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonylpentanoate
The compound of Example 69 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 123. The resulting phenol product (1.27 g), along with 3,5-dichlorophenylboric acid (1.18 g), was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). While this solution was being stirred, copper acetate (676 mg) and triethylamine (0.86 mL) were added. After 16 hours and a further 8 hours later, the same amount of additional copper acetate was added and the mixture was stirred for the subsequent 40 hours. Subsequently, the insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was poured into water and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1) to give the desired product as a pale blue oil (333 mg).
Example 72
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-methanesulfonylphenoxy)phenyl]pentanoate
The compound of Example 33 (1.00 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (30 mL). To this solution, m-chloroperbenzoic acid (610 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the extract was washed sequentially with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (610 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.24 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.47-1.56 (2H, m), 2.34 (2H, br), 2.64 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.04 (3H, s), 4.18-4.26 (4H, m), 5.95 (1H, br), 6.95 (2H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 7.17 (2H, t, J=8.8 Hz), 7.20-7.30 (3H, m), 7.47-7.52 (2H, m), 7.62 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz).
Example 73
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylsulfinyl)]phenylpentanoate
The compound of Example 62 (1.50 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (80 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., m-chloroperbenzoic acid (450 mg) was added in small portions. The mixture was then stirred for 1 hour at this temperature and 2 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium hydrogen carbonate and with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (1.10 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.18-1.21 (6H, m), 1.40 (9H, s), 1.44-1.52 (2H, m), 2.30 (2H, br), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.14-4.22 (4H, m), 5.91 (1H, br), 7.27 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.56 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.59 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.69 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.78 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.95 (1H, s).
Example 74
Ethyl 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonyl-5-[4-(3-trifluoromethyl-5-methylphenylsulfinyl)]phenylpentanoate
In a similar manner to Example 73, the compound of Example 64 was used to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 600 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.18-1.22 (6H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.46-1.50 (2H, m), 2.31 (2H, br), 2.45 (3H, s), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.14-4.22 (4H, m), 5.92 (1H, br s), 7.27 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.48 (1H, s), 7.55 (2H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.62 (1H, s), 7.70 (1H, s).
Example 75
Alternative Process for Synthesizing the Compound of Example 9
Ethyl 5-[4-(3,5-bistrifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethoxycarbonylpentanoate
In a similar manner to Reference Example 123, the compound of Example 69 was reduced and, then, in a similar manner to Example 71, the resulting phenol was reacted with 3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenylboric acid to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.24 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.47-1.58 (4H, m), 2.36 (2H, br s), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.18-4.26 (4H, m), 5.96 (1H, br s), 6.96 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.20 (2H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.36 (2H, s), 7.55 (1H, s).
Examples 76 and 77
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]propyl-1,3-propanediol (Example 76);
and 2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]pentane-1-ol (Example 77)
The compound of Example 1 (1.87 g) was dissolved in THF (30 mL). While this solution was stirred at 0° C., lithium borohydride (675 mg) was added. Ethanol (5 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to gradually warm to room temperature while being stirred overnight. Subsequently, ice water was added to the mixture and the organic solvent was removed under reduced pressure. A 10% aqueous citric acid was added to the residue to adjust the pH to 3, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the diol (1.10 g) or the monool (0.27 g), each as a colorless oil.
(Compound of Example 76)
FABMS: 520 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ1.43 (9H, s), 1.62-1.65 (4H, m), 2.72 (2H, br), 3.31 (2H, br), 3.57-3.62 (2H, m), 3.81-3.85 (2H, m), 4.93 (1H, s), 7.20-7.27 (3H, m), 7.38-7.55 (4H, m).
(Compound of Example 77)
FABMS: 490 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.63-1.73 (4H, m), 2.72-2.78 (2H, m), 3.57 (1H, br), 3.68-3.70 (2H, m), 4.61 (1H, br s), 7.20-7.22 (2H, m), 7.39-7.55 (5H, m).
Examples 78 through 184
In a similar manner to Example 76, the compounds of 2 through 68 and 70 through 74 were used to synthesize compounds shown in Tables 8 through 10 below.
TABLE 8
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
78
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
79
79
Cl
c-Cl
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
12
80
t-Bu
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
78
81
t-Bu
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
15
82
CF 3
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
74
83
CF 3
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
17
84
CF 3
H
OMe
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
85
CF 3
H
OMe
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
5
86
CF 3
H
H
OMe
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
45
87
CF 3
H
H
OMe
H
O
3
Colorless oil
17
88
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
68
89
CF 3
H
CF 3
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
16
90
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
41
91
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
22
92
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
72
93
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Yellow oil
14
94
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
77
95
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
19
96
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless powder
62
97
CF 3
b-Cl
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless powder
29
98
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
67
99
CF 3
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
12
100
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
84
101
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
15
102
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
72
103
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
H
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
16
104
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
80
105
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
16
106
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
71
107
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
108
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
54
109
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
CF 3
H
O
3
Colorless oil
13
110
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
111
Ph(Ch 2 ) 2
c-Ph(CH 2 ) 2
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
10
112
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
82
113
i-PrO
o-iPr
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
7
114
PhO
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
115
PhO
H
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
17
116
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
117
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
118
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
119
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Br
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
120
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(38)
121
PhCH 2 O
H
H
SMe
H
O
3
Colorless oil
(10)
Numbers in parentheses are cumulative yields from the previous step.
TABLE 9
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
122
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
75
123
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Me
H
O
3
Colorless oil
11
124
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
125
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Et
H
O
3
Colorless oil
8
126
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
2
Colorless powder
41
127
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
S
2
Pale yellow oil
11
128
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless powder
65
129
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
S
3
Colorless oil
26
130
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
4
Colorless oil
76
131
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
S
4
Colorless oil
15
132
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
83
133
PhCH 2 O
c-CF 3
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
10
134
Cl
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
41
135
Cl
H
H
H
H
S
3
Colorless oil
31
136
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless amorphous
66
137
CF 3
c-CF 3
H
Cl
H
S
3
Colorless oil
13
138
Et
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
76
139
Et
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
13
140
SOMe
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
67
141
SOMe
H
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
27
142
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
1
Colorless amorphous
56
143
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
H
O
1
Colorless powder
24
144
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
64
145
CF 3
H
H
PhCH 2 O
H
O
3
Colorless oil
5
146
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
77
147
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
H
O
3
Colorless oil
19
148
CF 3
H
Cl
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
58
149
CF 3
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
68
150
PhCH 2 O
H
H
F
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
34
151
CF 3
a-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
57
152
CF 3
c-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
51
153
CF 3
d-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
37
154
Ph(CH 2 ) 2
c-CF 3
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
46
155
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
2
Colorless powder
(49)
156
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
4
Colorless oil
(72)
157
CF 3
H
H
F
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
63
158
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(45)
159
PhCH 2 O
c-PhCH 2 O
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(17)
160
PhCH 2 O
c-Cl
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
61
161
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
83
162
PhCH 2 O
H
H
Ph
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(50)
163
MeS
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless powder
56
164
n-C 5 H 11
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
98
165
c-C 7 H 15
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
90
166
IPr
c-IPrO
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
72
167
IPr
c-IPr
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
33
168
PhCH 2 S
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(20)
Numbers in parentheses are cumulative yields from the previous step.
TABLE 10
Yield
Examples
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
X
n
Characteristics
(%)
169
PhCH 2 S
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(11)
170
i-Bu
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
92
171
PhOCH 2
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
64
172
PhCH 2 O
H
H
i-Pr
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
(62)
173
CF 3
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless powder
89
174
CF 3
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
SO
3
Colorless amorphous
71
175
CF 3
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
51
176
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless powder
81
177
CF 3
c-Me
H
H
CH 2 OH
SO
3
Colorless powder
65
178
MeO
H
H
Cl
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
56
179
PhCH 2 O
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
(45)
180
PhCH 2 O
H
H
CF 3
CH 2 OH
S
3
Colorless oil
66
181
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
50
182
Cl
c-Cl
H
H
H
O
3
Colorless oil
13
183
MeSO 2
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless amorphous
78
184
i-PrO
H
H
H
CH 2 OH
O
3
Colorless oil
68
Numbers in parentheses are cumulative yields from the previous step.
Example 185
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 146 (720 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL). To this solution, Ag 2 O (1.85 g) and MeI (3 mL) were added and the mixture was stirred for 7 days at room temperature. Subsequently, the mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated and purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1). This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (310 mg).
FABMS: 556 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.43 (9H, s), 1.48-1.81 (4H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.33 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.57 (1H, d, 8.8 Hz), 3.65 (2H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.10 (1H, br s), 6.59-6.62 (2H, m), 6.74 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.84 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 7.00 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.15 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.33-7.42 (5H, m).
Example 186
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyl-5-[4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]pentane-1-ol
In a similar manner to Example 185, the compound of Example 82 was reacted to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 484 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.42 (9H, s), 1.48-1.83 (4H, m), 2.57-2.65 (2H, m), 3.33 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 3.37 (3H, s), 3.58 (1H, d, 8.8 Hz), 3.62 (2H, br s), 5.07 (1H, br s), 6.94 (2H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 7.10-7.21 (4H, m), 7.30 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.40 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz).
Example 187
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-hydroxymethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 128 (3.30 g) was dissolved in THF (80 mL). While this solution was kept at 0° C., 60% sodium hydride (600 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, ice water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1 then 100% ethyl acetate) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (2.37 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.63-1.72 (4H, m), 2.74 (2H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 3.51 (1H, d, J=11.2 Hz), 3.58 (1H, d, J=11.2 Hz), 4.09 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 4.24 (1H, d, J=8.8 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.28 (1H, br s), 6.87-6.90 (1H, m), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.09-7.16 (2H, m), 7.22-7.52 (7H, m).
Example 188
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-iodomethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 187 (2.37 g) was dissolved in pyridine (30 mL). To this solution, p-toluenesulfonylchloride (1.33 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for 24 hours at room temperature and a further 5 hours at 60° C. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed sequentially with water, diluted hydrochloric acid and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to obtain a sulfonic acid ester as a colorless oil (2.14 g). The sulfonic acid ester (2.14 g) was dissolved in acetone (20 mL), followed by addition of sodium iodide (2.55 g) and refluxing for 10 hours. Subsequently, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.47 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.59-1.65 (2H, m), 1.83-1.89 (2H, m), 2.75 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.31 (2H, s), 4.19 (1H, d, J=9.3 Hz), 4.21 (1H, d, J=9.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.13 (1H, br s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.8 Hz), 7.16 (1H, dd, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz), 7.22-7.41 (7H, m).
Example 189
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-methylthiomethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 188 (1.47 g) was dissolved in THF (30 mL). To this solution, NaSMe (210 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was concentrated under reduced pressure to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.27 g).
FABMS: 514 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.62-1.77 (4H, m), 2.17 (3H, s), 2.68 (1H, d, J=13.2 Hz), 2.74 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.78 (1H, d, J=13.2 Hz), 4.15 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 4.20 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.22 (1H, br s), 6.87-6.90 (1H, m), 6.93-6.97 (2H, m), 7.10-7.17 (2H, m), 7.22-7.41 (7H, m).
Example 190
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylthiomethylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 189 (1.27 g) was dissolved in acetonitrile (20 mL). To this solution, Boc 2 O (1.09 g) and dimethylaminopyridine (100 mg) were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=4:1) to obtain an N-Boc-oxazolidinone as a colorless oil (1.48 g). This product was dissolved in methanol (20 mL), followed by addition of cesium carbonate (410 mg) and stirring overnight at room temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The mixture was then washed sequentially with diluted hydrochloric acid and water and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate 2:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.28 g).
FABMS: 588 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.43 (9H, s), 1.51-1.66 (3H, m), 1.82-1.85 (1H, m), 2.15 (3H, s), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 2.75 (1H, d, J=13.4 Hz), 2.90 (1H, d, J=13.4 Hz), 3.69-3.70 (2H, m), 4.02 (1H, br), 4.99 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.21-7.4.1 (7H, m).
Example 191
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldiphenylsiloxymethylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 146 (3.25 g) was dissolved in DMF (18 mL). To this solution, diisopropylethylamine (10.5 mL) and t-BuPh 2 SiCl (1.73 g) were added and the mixture was stirred for 8 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, ice water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water, diluted hydrochloric acid, water and a saturated aqueous-solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=7:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.64 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.06 (9H, s), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.49-1.82 (4H, m), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.54 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 3.65-3.67 (2H, m), 3.74 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.05 (1H, br s), 6.59 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.63 (1H, t, J=2.4 Hz), 6.74 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.10 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.31-7.45 (11H, m), 7.61-7.64 (4H, m).
Example 192
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenoxy)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldiphenylsiloxymethylpentanal
The compound of Example 191 (940 mg) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL). To this solution, pyridinium dichromate (800 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 48 hours at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (710 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.01 (9H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.49-1.73 (4H, m), 2.64 (2H, br s), 3.84 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 4.13 (1H, d, J=10.3 Hz), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.43 (1H, br s), 6.58 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.62 (1H, t, J=2.4 Hz), 6.74 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=8.3, 2.4 Hz), 6.99 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J=8.3 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.3 Hz), 7.30-7.43 (1H, m), 7.56-7.64 (4H, m), 9.36 (1H, s).
Example 193
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylaminopentanal
To an oxalyl chloride solution (1.0 mL) of methylene chloride (20 mL), a mixture of DMSO (1.7 mL) and methylene chloride (10 mL) was added while the mixtures were kept at −78° C. The compound of Example 129 (5.59 g) in methylene chloride (20 mL) was then added dropwise. After 15 min, triethylamine (7.2 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 2 hours until room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was then concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (4.75 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.60-1.74 (3H, m), 1.96 (1H, br), 2.72-2.77 (2H, m), 4.28 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.28-7.52 (5H, m), 9.58 (1H, s).
Example 194
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylpentanoate
Sodium hydride (242 mg) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL). To this solution, diethyl methylmalonate (0.956 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min. The compound of Reference Example 252 (2.50 g) in DMF (5 mL) was then added and the mixture was further stirred for 1 hour. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The dried organic phase was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1 to 10:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (2.74 g).
MS (EI): 540 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.23 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.40 (3H, s), 1.52-1.60 (2H, m), 1.91-1.95 (2H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 4.16 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.11-7.14 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 195
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylpentanoate
Using diethyl ethylmalonate, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 194 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
MS (EI): 554 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.80 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.22 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.45-1.53 (2H, m), 1.89-1.97 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.16 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.11-7.16 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 196
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylbutyrate
Using the compound of Reference Example 317, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 194 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 526 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.27 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.52 (3H, s), 2.10-2.14 (2H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 4.20 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.96 (3H, m), 7.15 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 197
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylbutyrate
Using the compound of Reference Example 317, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 195 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 540 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.82 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.17 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.93 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 1.98-2.02 (2H, m), 2.45-2.51 (2H, m), 4.13 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.10 (2H, s), 6.92-7.01 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (8H, m).
Example 198
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylpentanoic acid
The compound of Example 194 (2.74 g) was dissolved in ethanol (10 mL). To this solution, potassium hydroxide (330 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred overnight at 50° C. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water, followed by addition of 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid and extraction with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and was then concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1 to 2:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (2.38 g).
MS (EI): 512 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.26 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.47 (3H, s), 1.53-1.62 (2H, m), 1.92-2.03 (2H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 4.22 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.94 (3H, m), 7.10-7.14 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 199
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylpentanoic acid
Using the compound of Example 195, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 198 to give the desired product as a yellow oil.
MS (EI): 526 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.84 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.28 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.42-1.59 (2H, m), 1.85-1.95 (2H, m), 2.00-2.13 (2H, m), 2.66-2.70 (2H, m), 4.23-4.31 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.08-7.15 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 200
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-methylbutyric acid
Using the compound of Example 196, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 198 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 499 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.30 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.57 (3H, s), 2.11-2.19 (2H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=8.5 Hz), 4.24 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.96 (3H, m), 7.14 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 201
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-ethylbutyric acid
Using the compound of Example 197, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 198 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.33 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.94-1.99 (1H, m), 2.05-2.12 (1H, m), 2.19-2.24 (2H, m), 2.59-2.64 (2H, m), 4.20-4.31 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.94 (3H, m), 7.09-7.14 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 202
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-methylpentanoate
The compound of Example 198 (2.38 g) was dissolved in benzene (20 mL). To this solution, triethylamine (0.711 mL) and DPPA (1.10 mL) were added. The mixture was then stirred for 10 min at room temperature and for a further 1 hour and 30 min while being refluxed. Subsequently, methanol (3.76 mL) was added over 30 min and the mixture was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The dried organic phase was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified-on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=20:1 to 10:1) to give the desired product as a yellow oil (2.04 g).
MS (EI): 541 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.24 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.36-1.40 (1H, m), 1.54 (3H, s), 1.56-1.65 (1H, m), 1.80-1.87 (1H, m), 2.28 (1H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 3.63 (3H, s), 4.15-4.22 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.61 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.09-7.15 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 203
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminopentanoate
Using the compound of Example 199, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a yellow oil.
MS (EI): 555 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.74 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.24 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.28-1.32 (1H, m), 1.57-1.58 (1H, m), 1.70-1.84 (2H, m), 2.34-2.44 (2H, m), 2.62-2.72 (2H, m), 3.63 (3H, s), 4.16-4.22 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.08-7.15 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 204
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylbutyrate
Using the compound of Example 200 and t-butanol instead of methanol, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 569 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.29 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.58 (3H, s), 2.10 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.41 (1H, br), 2.53 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.67 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 4.19 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.46 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.08-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 205
Ethyl 4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminobutyrate
Using the compound of Example 201, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 541 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.77 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.30 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.75-1.80 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.36-2.49 (2H, m), 2.59-2.68 (2H, m), 3.66 (3H, s), 4.11-4.27 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.87 (1H, br), 6.86-6.93 (3H, m), 7.08-7.14 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 206
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-methylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 202, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 499 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.18 (3H, s), 1.57-1.84 (4H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.59-3.69 (3H, m), 3.63 (3H, s), 4.71 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.13-7.17 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Examples 207 and 208
(+) and (−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-methylpentane-1-ols
The compound of Example 206 was optically resolved by a high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) (chiralcel OD, hexane:isopropanol=70:30, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
The compound obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 24.0 D of +15 (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 207), while the compound obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 24.7 D of −12′ (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 208).
Example 209
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminopentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 203, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired compound as a pale yellow oil.
MS (EI): 513 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.83 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.51-1.73 (6H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.63 (3H, s), 3.65-3.70 (3H, m), 4.63 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Examples 210 and 211
(+) and (−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminopentane-1-ols
The compound of Example 209 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralcel OD, hexane:isopropanol=60:40, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.6 D of +14′ (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 210), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.7 D of −15′ (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 211).
Example 212
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylbutane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 204, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired compound as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 527 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.82 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.06 (1H, td, J=13.0, 4.9 Hz), 2.65-2.80 (2H, m), 3.66-3.74 (2H, m), 4.68 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.15 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.32-7.40 (6H, m).
Examples 213 and 214
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methylbutane-1-ols
The compound of Example 212 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak AD, hexane:isopropanol=85:15, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.3 D of +4.6° (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 213), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.6 D of −2.2° (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 214).
Example 215
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminobutane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 205, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 499 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.94 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.69 (2H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 1.80-1.94 (2H, m), 2.62-2.75 (2H, m), 3.65 (3H, s), 3.77 (3H, m), 4.77 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.16 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.32-7.41 (6H, m).
Examples 216 and 217
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethyl-2-methoxycarbonylaminobutane-1-ols
The compound of Example 215 was optically resolved under similar conditions to those used in Examples 213 and 214.
The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 25.6 D of +11.1° (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 216), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 26.1 D of −9.67 (C=1.0, chloroform) (Example 217).
Example 218
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-butoxycarbonylamino-2-ethylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 199 and t-butanol instead of methanol, the same procedure was followed as in Example 203 and the reactant was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
MS (EI): 555 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.83 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.55-1.72 (6H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 3.64-3.66 (2H, m), 4.49 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.82-6.95 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.20-7.25 (1H, m), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 219
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethylbutnane-1-ol
The compound of Example 126 (4.00 g) was dissolved in methylene chloride (100 mL). To this solution, diisopropylethylamine (1.54 mL) was added, followed by dropwise addition of methoxymethylchloride (710 mg) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for one day until room temperature. Following addition of ice water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and the solvent was removed by distillation. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1) to give the desired product as a colorless oil (2.60 g).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.90-2.00 (2H, m), 2.68-2.78 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.54 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.77 (2H, d, J=6.1 Hz), 3.79 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.99 (1H, br), 4.65 (2H, s), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.20 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.13-7.17 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Examples 220 and 221
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethylbutane-1-ols
The compound of Example 219 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak AD-H, hexane:isopropanol=85:15, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min).
A colorless oil was obtained from each of the first eluate and the second eluate (Example 220 and Example 221, respectively).
Example 222
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 128, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 219 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.43 (9H, s), 1.56-1.68 (3H, m), 1.81-1.84 (1H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.35 (3H, s), 3.46 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.66-3.68 (2H, m), 3.71 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 4.61 (2H, s), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.07 (1H, br s), 6.87 (1H, ddd, J=8.3, 2.5, 1.0 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.12-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 223
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
To a methylene chloride solution (2 mL) containing the compound of Example 219 (860 mg), carbon tetrabromide (533 mg) and pyridine (2 mL), trimethyl phosphite (0.19 mL) was added while the mixture was stirred at 0° C. and the mixture was stirred for 5 hours until room temperature. Subsequently, water was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (830 mg).
FABMS: 696 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.95-2.03 (1H, m), 2.08-2.21 (1H, m), 2.69-2.78 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.68 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.74 (1H, d, J=9.8 Hz), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.22-4.29 (2H, m), 4.65 (2H, s), 4.97 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=7.9, 2.4 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.14 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 224
(−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
Using the compound of Example 220 (first eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil. =−3.01° (C=0.93, chloroform).
Example 225
(+)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
Using the compound of Example 221 (second eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
[α] 26 D =+1.39° (C=1.03, chloroform).
Example 226
(±)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentane-1-ol
The compound of Example 206 (527 mg) was dissolved in a mixed solvent composed of a 5 mol/L aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide (2 mL), tetrahydrofuran (2 mL) and methanol (3 mL). This mixture was refluxed and stirred for 4 days. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and was then concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (aminated silica gel, ethyl acetate:ethanol=20:1) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (311 mg).
FABMS: 442 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.04 (3H, s), 1.37-1.67 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.29 (2H, q, J=9.2 Hz), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.17 (2H, m), 7.21-7.25 (1H, m), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 227
(+)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 207 (first eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 226 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 28 ClNO 2 S.1/3H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
67.00
6.45
3.13
Found:
67.03
6.51
3.20
[α] 25.2 D +2.0° (C = 1.0, chloroform)
Example 228
(−)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 208 (second eluate), the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 226 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 28 ClNO 2 S.1/4H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
67.23
6.44
3.14
Found:
67.19
6.44
3.15
[α] 25.5 D −2.6° (C = 1.0, chloroform)
Example 229
(+)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylpentane
The compound of Example 227 (410 mg) was dissolved in acetonitrile (10 mL). While this solution was chilled in an ice bath, Boc 2 O (303 mg) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. This solution was washed with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride. The organic phase was then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=5:1) to give a t-butoxycarbonylamino product as a pale yellow oil (473 mg). The resulting compound (473 mg), along with carbon tetrabromide (434 mg), was dissolved in pyridine (2.00 mL). While this solution was chilled in an ice bath, trimethyl phosphite (0.205 mL) was added and the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and was stirred for 2 hours. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was diluted with water and was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, and was then concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=5:1 to 1:1) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (534 mg).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.58-1.91 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.77 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.96-4.00 (1H, m), 4.13-4.16 (1H, m), 4.51 (1H, brs), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.11-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.34 (2H, m), 7.35-7.39 (4H, m).
Example 230
(−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylpentane
Using the compound of Example 228, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 229 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.58-1.91 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.77 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.97-4.00 (1H, m), 4.13-4.17 (1H, m), 4.51 (1H, brs), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.32-7.34 (2H, m), 7.35-7.40 (4H, m).
Example 231
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxypentane
Using the compound of Example 222, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 710 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.41 (9H, s), 1.57-1.62 (2H, m), 1.76-1.80 (1H, m), 2.00-2.05 (1H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 3.34 (3H, s), 3.57 (1H, d, J=9.5 Hz), 3.65 (1H, d, J=9.5 Hz), 3.77 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.12 (2H, d, J=7.1 Hz), 4.60 (2H, s), 4.81 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87 (1H, ddd, J=8.3, 2.5, 1.0 Hz), 6.92-7.00 (2H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.28-7.52 (6H, m).
Example 232
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-hexenylphosphonate
Ethyl methylenebisphosphonate (940 mg) in THF (5 mL) was chilled to −78° C. under an argon gas atmosphere. To this solution, a 1.6 mol/L n-BuL-hexane solution (2 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 30 min, followed by dropwise addition of a THF solution (15 mL) of the compound of Example 193 (1.58 g). After 3 hours, a saturated ammonium chloride solution was added and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation to give the desired product as a colorless oil (1.71 g).
FABMS: 660 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.29-1.33 (6H, m), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.54-1.68 (4H, m), 2.71-2.73 (2H, m), 4.03-4.11 (4H, m), 4.32 (1H, br), 4.47 (1H, br), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.77 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.60-6.71 (1H, m), 6.87-6.96 (3H, m), 7.09-7.15 (2H, m), 7.21-7.41 (7H, m).
Example 233
Diethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 232 (300 mg) was dissolved in methanol (10 mL) containing 10% hydrochloric acid in an ice bath. The mixture was stirred for 6 hours until room temperature and the solvent was concentrated. This gave the desired product as a colorless oil (250 mg).
FABMS: 560 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.16-1.22 (6H, m), 1.53-1.77 (4H, m), 2.68-2.69 (2H, m), 3.05 (1H, br), 3.94-4.07 (4H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.13 (1H, t, J=17.8 Hz), 6.46-6.55 (1H, m), 6.89-7.00 (3H, m), 7.20-7.22 (1H, m), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m), 8.44 (3H, br s).
Example 234
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylaminohexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 232 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 125 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 662 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.32 (6H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.46-1.82 (8H, m), 2.67-2.73 (2H, m), 3.62 (1H, br), 4.03-4.13 (4H, m), 4.32-4.34 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.32-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 235
Diethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]hexylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 234 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a pale brown oil.
FABMS: 562 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.21 (6H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 1.59-1.85 (8H, m), 2.67 (2H, br s), 3.15 (1H, br s), 3.91-4.01 (4H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-6.99 (3H, m), 7.21-7.39 (9H, m), 8.08 (3H, br s).
Example 236
2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
To an acetonitrile solution (5 mL) of the compound of Example 231 (500 mg), TMSI (0.5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours. The solvent was concentrated and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder (120 mg).
FABMS: 538 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.60 (4H, br s), 2.63 (2H, br s), 3.38-3.44 (2H, m), 3.72 (2H, br s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.87-6.98 (3H, m), 7.20-7.38 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 6 SP.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
54.00
5.62
2.52
Found:
54.10
5.37
2.62
Example 237
2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 223, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.77-1.78 (2H, m), 2.71-2.75 (2H, m), 3.50-3.58 (2H, m), 3.76-3.88 (2H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.89 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 6.96-6.99 (2H, m), 7.21-7.38 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 6 SP
C
H
N
Calcd:
55.01
5.19
2.67
Found:
54.94
5.26
2.77
m.p. = 200-202° C.
Example 238
2-amino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-hydroxyphenylthio)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
Instead of ice-cold environment, the experiment of Example 236 was carried out at room temperature to give the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 448 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.54-1.62 (4H, m), 2.51-2.73 (2H, m), 3.37-3.41 (2H, m), 3.57-3.75 (2H, m), 6.62 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 1.8 Hz), 6.67-6.68 (1H, m), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=8.6, 1.2 Hz), 7.15 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.27 (1H, dd, J=8.0, 2.0 Hz), 7.34-7.36 (2H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 18 H 23 ClNO 6 SP.0.5H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
47.32
5.29
3.07
Found:
47.06
5.07
3.07
m.p. = 180-182° C.
Example 239
(+)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonate monoester
The compound of Example 229 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
HR-MS (FAB+): 522.1255 (−1.6 mmu).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.12 (3H, s), 1.51-1.65 (4H, m), 2.64-2.70 (2H, m), 3.66 (2H, d, J=11 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.91 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 6.97-7.01 (2H, m), 7.20-7.24 (1H, m), 7.30-7.42 (8H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 5 PS.1/2H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
56.55
5.69
2.64
Found:
56.40
5.60
2.77
[α] 22.6 D +3.2° (C = 1.0, methanol).
m.p. = 207-210° C.
Example 240
(−)-2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylpentylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 228, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
HR-MS (FAB+): 522.1277 (+0.6 mmu).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.12 (3H, s), 1.51-1.65 (4H, m), 2.63-2.70 (2H, m), 3.67 (2H, d, J=12 Hz), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.89-6.92 (1H, m), 6.96-7.01 (2H, m), 7.22-7.24 (1H, m), 7.32-7.42 (8H, m).
[α] 23.4 D −3.1° (C=1.0, methanol).
m.p.=200-203° C.
Example 241
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]hexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 234, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 506 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.56-1.72 (8H, m), 2.67 (2H, br s), 3.18 (1H, br s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-7.00 (3H, m), 7.21-7.40 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis(%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 4 PS.1/2H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
58.30
5.87
2.72
Found:
58.29
5.71
2.80
Example 242
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 232, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 504 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.53-1.70 (4H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.83-3.99 (1H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 6.03 (1H, t, J=16.5 Hz), 6.28 (1H, d,d,d, J=16.5, 10.0, 7.3 Hz), 6.89-7.01 (3H, m), 7.20-7.41 (9H, m).
Example 243
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
The compound of Example 126 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 223 to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 766 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.09 (6H, s), 0.91 (9H, s), 1.45 (9H, s), 1.86-1.98 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.72 (2H, t, J=8.6 Hz), 3.72 (2H, s), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.17-4.24 (2H, m), 4.78 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.21 (2H, s), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 244
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-hydroxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutane
To a THF solution (30 mL) of the compound of Example 243 (2.70 g), 1 mol/L tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (5 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature. Following addition of water, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=2:1) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (2.30 g).
FABMS: 652 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.83-1.90 (1H, m), 2.09-2.17 (1H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=8.6 Hz), 3.71-3.77 (2H, m), 3.79 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.04 (1H, br), 4.17-4.29 (2H, m), 5.00 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.14-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 7.31-7.39 (6H, m).
Examples 245 and 246
(+) and (−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxybutanes
The compound of Example 244 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak AS-H, hexane:isopropanol=8:2, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=1 mL/min). The colorless oil obtained from the first eluate had an optical rotation [α] 26 D of −6.12° (C=1.0, methanol) (Example 245), while the colorless oil obtained from the second eluate had an optical rotation [α] 27 D of +5.79° (C=1.0, methanol) (Example 246).
Example 247
(+)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylbutane
Using the compound of Example 213, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a pale brown oil.
FABMS: 636 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.36 (3H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.77-1.82 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.68-2.74 (2H, m), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.01-4.05 (1H, m), 4.21-4.25 (1H, m), 4.63 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.94 (3H, m), 7.23-7.27 (3H, m), 7.32-7.42 (6H, m).
Example 248
(−)-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxy-2-methylbutane
Using the compound of Example 214, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 223 to obtain the desired product as a pale brown oil.
FABMS: 636 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.36 (3H, s), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.74-1.82 (1H, m), 2.05-2.15 (1H, m), 2.66-2.76 (2H, m), 3.78 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.01-4.05 (1H, m), 4.21-4.25 (1H, m), 4.63 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.21-7.27 (3H, m), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 249
(+)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 247, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 -TFA) δ 1.29 (3H, s), 1.72-1.84 (2H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.87 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 3.93 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.91 (1H, d, 7.3 Hz), 6.96-7.01 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (8H, m).
[α] 25.6 D +15.1° (C=1.0, 10% TFA in DMSO).
Elemental analysis(%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 5 PS.2/3 CF 3 CO 2 H
C
H
N
Calcd:
52.10
4.78
2.40
Found:
52.29
4.75
2.68
Example 250
(−)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 248, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-TFA) δ 1.29 (3H, s), 1.76-1.90 (2H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.87 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 3.93 (1H, dd, J=4.9, 11.0 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.90-7.01 (3H, m), 7.24 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (8H, m).
[α] 26.3 D −12.6° (C=1.0, 10% TFA in DMSO).
Elemental analysis(%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 5 PS.1/2H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
55.76
5.46
2.71
Found:
55.77
5.19
2.97
Examples 251 and 252
Diethyl (Z)- and (E)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-fluoro-1-pentenylphosphonates
The compound of Example 127 was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde for use in the subsequent reaction.
Meanwhile, trimethylchlorosilane (1.0 mL) was added to diethyl dibromofluoromethylphosphate (1.48 mL) in THF (75 mL), and the mixture was cooled to −78° C. Subsequently, 1.6 mol/L n-butyllithium in hexane (11.3 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 40 min. Subsequently, the aldehyde obtained above (3.68 g) in THF (25.0 mL) was added dropwise over 10 min. The mixture was allowed to warm to 0° C. and was stirred for 5 hours. Following addition of aqueous ammonium chloride, the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The ethyl acetate layer was then washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride, was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate, and was concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=10:1 to 1:1). As a result, the Z-form was obtained from the first eluate as a yellow oil (1.70 g), and the E-form was obtained from the second eluate as a yellow oil (667 mg).
Z-form: Example 251
FABMS: 664 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.31-1.38 (6H, m), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.88-2.00 (2H, m), 2.69-2.83 (2H, m), 4.13-4.22 (4H, m), 4.80-4.90 (1H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.15-5.30 (1H, br), 6.08-6.30 (1H, m), 6.87-6.88 (1H, m), 6.90-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.15 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.39 (6H, m).
E-form: Example 252
FABMS: 663 ([M] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.34-1.36 (6H, m), 1.44 (9H, s), 1.82-1.88 (2H, m), 2.71-2.78 (2H, m), 4.15-4.23 (4H, m), 4.60-4.65 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.80-6.00 (1H, m), 6.89 (1H, dd, J=1.4, 7.9 Hz), 6.93-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.17 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 253
(Z)-3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-fluoro-1-pentenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 251, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSd 6 ) δ 1.78-1.98 (2H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 4.19 (1H, br), 5.08 (2H, s), 5.47-5.62 (1H, m), 6.90 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.97-6.99 (2H, m), 7.20 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.40 (8H, m), 8.67 (2H, br).
m.p.=285-288° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 24 H 24 ClFNO 4 PS.13/10H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
54.25
5.05
2.64
Found:
54.54
5.49
2.44
Example 254
(E)-3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1-fluoro-1-pentenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 252, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.79-1.91 (1H, m), 1.91-2.02 (1H, m), 2.58-2.70 (2H, m), 3.84-3.98 (1H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 5.43-5.62 (1H, m), 6.90 (1H, m), 6.95-6.99 (2H, m), 7.17-7.38 (9H, m), 8.68 (2H, br).
m.p.=288-290° C.
Examples 255 and 256
Diethyl (Z)- and (E)-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-fluoro-1-hexenylphosphonates
The compound of Example 193 was reacted in the same manner as in Examples 251 and 252 to obtain the desired Z-form (Example 255) and the E-form (Example 256), respectively. Each product was obtained as a yellow oil.
Z-form: Example 255
FABMS: 678 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.31-1.37 (6H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.61-1.71 (4H, m), 2.73 (2H, m), 4.10-4.18 (4H, m), 4.84 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.06-5.15 (1H, m), 6.01-6.19 (1H, m), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=1.2, 9.7 Hz), 6.91-6.94 (2H, m), 7.12-7.16 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.39 (6H, m).
E-form: Example 256
FABMS: 678 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.32-1.37 (6H, m), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.61-1.66 (4H, m), 2.72 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.11-4.17 (4H, m), 4.50-4.60 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.73-5.90 (1H, m), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.13 (1H, dd, J=1.2, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 257
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-1-fluorohexylphosphonate
Using the compounds of Examples 255 and 256, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a yellow oil.
FABMS: 679 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.35 (6H, s), 1.43 (9H, s), 1.49-1.57 (2H, m), 1.58-1.75 (4H, m), 2.65-2.80 (2H, m), 3.82-3.94 (1H, m), 4.20 (4H, q, J=7.3 Hz), 4.35-4.55 (1H, m), 4.74-4.94 (1H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.99 (1H, m), 6.92-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11-7.17 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.32-7.43 (6H, m).
Example 258
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methyl-1-hexenylphosphonate
Following the same procedure as in Example 229, the compound of Example 226 was reacted to form a Boc product and, following the same procedure as in Example 193, the product was oxidized to an aldehyde. Subsequently, using methyl methylenebisphosphonate, the same procedure was followed as in Example 232 to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 646 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.36 (3H, s), 1.40 (9H, s), 1.54-1.64 (2H, m), 1.67-1.70 (1H, m), 1.82-1.92 (1H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.72 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.55 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.62 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 18.3 Hz), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 22.6 Hz), 6.80-6.89 (1H, m), 6.93-6.96 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.15 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 259
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methylhexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 258 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 648 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.13 (3H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.50-1.60 (2H, m), 1.65-1.86 (4H, m), 2.02-2.08 (2H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.32 (1H, br), 5.01 (2H, s), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.5 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 260
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-methylhexylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 259 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 520 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.16 (3H, s), 1.20 (2H, br), 1.50-1.60 (6H, m), 1.73 (2H, t, J=7.3 HZ), 2.65-2.70 (2H, m), 5.07 (2H, s), 6.89 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 6.94-6.98 (2H, m), 7.21-7.22 (1H, m), 7.31-7.37 (8H, m).
m.p.=195-197° C.
Example 261
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-methyl-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 258 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 518 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.25 (3H, s), 1.39-1.57 (2H, m), 1.65-1.79 (2H, m), 2.52-2.70 (2H, m), 5.05 (2H, s), 5.77-5.94 (1H, m), 6.08-6.26 (1H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 6.91-6.99 (2H, m), 7.10-7.42 (9H, m), 8.39-9.20 (2H, br).
m.p.=243-245° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 26 H 29 ClFNO 4 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
58.26
5.83
2.61
Found:
57.80
5.31
2.74
Example 262
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-hexenylphosphonate
The compound of Example 222 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 232 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 706 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ (1.41 (9H, s), 1.56-1.69 (2H, m), 1.75-1.90 (1H, m), 1.93-1.99 (1H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.33 (3H, s), 3.60-3.63 (2H, m), 3.71 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.58 (2H, s), 4.88 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.70 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 18.4 Hz), 6.75 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 23.2 Hz), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 9.2 Hz), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 263
3-amino-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 262 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 534 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.46-1.74 (4H, m), 2.57-2.61 (2H, m), 3.47-3.52 (2H, m), 5.07 (2H, s), 5.87-5.96 (1H, m), 6.03-6.16 (1H, m), 6.87 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 6.95-6.97 (2H, m), 7.19 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 7.27-7.39 (8H, m), 7.81-8.83 (2H, br).
m.p.=243-246° C.
Example 264
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethylhexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 262 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 708 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.41 (9H, s), 1.51-1.67 (2H, m), 1.70-2.05 (6H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.33 (3H, s), 3.47-3.53 (2H, m), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.58 (2H, s), 4.61 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 6.92-6.96 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 265
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 264 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 536 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.36-1.73 (8H, m), 2.60-2.68 (2H, m), 3.31-3.40 (2H, m), 5.07 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.96-6.98 (2H, m), 7.20-7.40 (9H, m), 7.94-8.94 (2H, br).
m.p.=193-196° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 26 H 31 ClNO 5 PS.1H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
56.36
6.00
2.53
Found:
56.18
5.61
2.51
Example 266
Dimethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethyl-1-pentenylphosphonate
Following the same procedure as in Example 193, the compound of Example 219 was oxidized and, following the same procedure as in Example 232, the product was reacted with methyl methylenebisphosphonate to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 692 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 2.10-2.17 (2H, m), 2.66-2.73 (2H, m), 3.36 (3H, s), 3.67-3.78 (2H, m), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.63 (2H, s), 4.80-4.85 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.78 (1H, dd, J=17.8, 18.3 Hz), 6.82 (1H, dd, J=17.8, 24.2 Hz), 6.87-6.95 (3H, m), 7.12-7.13 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 267
3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-pentenylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 266 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 520 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.76-1.98 (2H, br), 2.50-2.72 (2H, br), 3.47-3.70 (3H, m), 5.05 (2H, s), 6.03-6.11 (1H, m), 6.21-6.33 (1H, m), 6.85 (1H, d, J=7.4 Hz), 6.94 (2H, m), 7.15-7.36 (9H, m), 8.74 (2H, br s).
m.p.=245-248° C.
Example 268
Dimethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-methoxymethyloxymethylpentylphosphonate
The compound of Example 266 was reacted in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 694 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.54-1.60 (2H, m), 1.82-1.87 (2H, m), 1.98-2.05 (2H, m), 2.67-2.70 (2H, m), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.58-3.64 (2H, m), 3.74 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.64 (2H, s), 4.74 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.10-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 269
3-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 268 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 522 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.45-1.58 (2H, m), 1.69-1.91 (4H, m), 2.58-2.72 (2H, m), 3.10-3.75 (2H, br), 5.07 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 6.96-6.99 (2H, m), 7.21 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.27-7.40 (8H, m), 7.93-9.02 (2H, br).
m.p.=205-208° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 5 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
55.60
5.79
2.59
Found:
55.21
5.40
2.68
Example 270
(+)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester ((+)-Example 237)
Example 245 (250 mg) was dissolved in a 10% hydrochloric acid-methanol solution (10 mL) and the mixture was allowed to stand overnight. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, followed by addition of triethylamine to adjust the pH to 7. The crystallized triethylamine hydrochloride was separated by filtration and was washed with ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed by distillation to give a Boc-free product as a colorless oil (250 mg). This product was dissolved in acetonitrile (5 mL) while the solution was chilled in an ice bath. To this solution, trimethylsilyl iodide (26.7 μL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 30 min at the same temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (reversed phase silica chromatography, water:acetonitrile=9:1 to 6:1 to 3:1 to 1:1 to only acetonitrile) to give the desired product as a colorless powder (97 mg).
[α] 25° C. =+2.77 (c=1.00, DMSO)
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+TFA) δ 1.78-1.85 (2H, m), 2.78-2.80 (2H, m), 3.56 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.61 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.97 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.87-6.98 (3H, m), 7.20-7.38 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 24 H 27 ClNO 6 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
53.56
5.25
2.60
Found:
53.21
5.25
2.41
Example 271
(−)-2-amino-4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonic acid monoester ((−)-Example 237)
Using the compound of Example 246, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 270 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
[α] 25° C. =−2.61 (c=1.00, DMSO).
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSO+TEA) δ 1.76-1.85 (2H, m), 2.68-2.78 (2H, m), 3.57 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.60 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.97 (2H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.87-6.98 (3H, m), 7.20-7.38 (9H, m).
Example 272
Ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentanoate
Using diethyl propylmalonate, the compound of Reference Example 252 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 194 to obtain ethyl 5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-ethoxycarbonyl-2-propylpentanoate as a yellow oil. This product was hydrolyzed as in Example 198 to obtain a half ester. The half ester was treated in the same manner as in Example 202 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.87 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 0.89-1.02 (1H, m), 1.24 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.23-1.33 (2H, m), 1.52-1.78 (3H, m), 2.24-2.40 (2H, m), 2.63-2.68 (2H, m), 3.62 (3H, s), 4.17-4.22 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.79 (1H, br s), 6.85-6.94 (3H, m), 7.09 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.43 (6H, m).
Example 273
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-methoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 272, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 528 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.35 (2H, m), 1.48-1.69 (6H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.62 (3H, s), 3.70 (2H, s), 4.71 (1H, br s), 5.01 (2H, s), 6.85-6.94 (3H, m), 7.12-7.24 (3H, m), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 274
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentane-1-ol
Using the compound of Example 273, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 226 to synthesize 2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-propylpentane-1-ol. As in Example 229, the product was reacted to form a Boc product, thereby obtaining the desired compound as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.90 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.35 (2H, m), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.48-1.73 (6H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.63-3.66 (2H, m), 4.51 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.95 (3H, m), 7.12-7.24 (3H, m), 7.33-7.41 (6H, m).
Examples 275 and 276
(+) and (−)-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentane-1-ols
The compound of Example 274 was optically resolved by HPLC (chiralpak OD-H, hexane:ethanol=97:3, detection wavelength=UV 254 nm, flow rate=3 mL/min). The desired products were obtained from the first eluate (Example 275) and the second eluate (Example 276), respectively, each as a colorless oil.
Example 275
[α] 25 D −10.2° (C=1.08, CHCl 3 );
Example 276
[α] 23 D +9.48° (C=1.16, CHCl 3 ).
Example 277
5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-propylpentanal
Using the compound of Example 274, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.03-1.37 (2H, m), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.48-1.77 (4H, m), 2.02-2.25 (2H, m), 2.65-2.70 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.27 (1H, br s), 6.86-6.94 (3H, m), 7.07-7.14 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.8 Hz), 7.30-7.41 (6H, m), 9.23 (1H, s).
Example 278
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonate
As in Example 232, the compound of Example 277 was reacted with methyl methylenebisphosphonate to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 674 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.17-1.23 (2H, m), 1.40 (9H, m), 1.51-1.87 (6H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.69 (3H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.70 (1H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.47 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.59 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.65 (1H, dd, J=23.3, 17.1 Hz), 6.86-6.89 (3H, m), 7.09-7.15 (2H, m), 7.23 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 279
Dimethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-propylhexylphosphonate
Using the compound of Example 278, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 676 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.28 (2H, m), 1.40 (9H, m), 1.51-2.02 (10H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.72 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.13 (1H, br), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.87-6.95 (3H, m), 7.10-7.25 (3H, m), 7.32-7.39 (6H, m).
Example 280
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochloride
Using the compound of Example 278, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 574 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 0.85 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.15-1.28 (2H, m), 1.53-1.76 (6H, m), 2.66 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.59 (3H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 3.62 (3H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.00 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.57 (1H, dd, J=23.8, 17.7 Hz), 6.89-7.00 (3H, m), 7.22-7.41 (9H, m), 8.47 (3H, br s).
Examples 281 and 282
Dimethyl (+)- and (−)-3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochlorides
Using the compound of Example 275, the same procedures as in Examples 277, 278 and 280 were sequentially followed to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow amorphous compound ([α] 28.2 D +2.9° (C=1.0, MeOH)) (Example 281). Furthermore, using the compound of Example 276, the same procedure was followed as in Example 281 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow amorphous compound ([α] 28.1 D −1.9° (C=1.0, MeOH)) (Example 282).
Example 283
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propyl-1-hexenylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 278, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 546 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 0.85 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.19-1.21 (2H, m), 1.51-1.69 (6H, m), 2.67 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 5.08 (2H, s), 5.87 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 15.2 Hz), 6.32 (1H, dd, J=23.8, 17.7 Hz), 6.88-7.00 (3H, m), 7.22-7.41 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 28 H 33 ClNO 4 PS.2/3H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
60.26
6.20
2.51
Found:
60.11
5.91
2.32
Example 284
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-propylhexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 279, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 548 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 0.85 (3H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 1.18-1.21 (2H, m), 1.42-1.54 (8H, m), 1.68-1.74 (2H, m), 2.67 (2H, br s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-7.00 (3H, m), 7.22-7.41 (9H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 28 H 35 ClNO 4 PS.H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
59.41
6.59
1.83
Found:
59.05
6.14
2.29
m.p. = 197-199° C.
Example 285
4-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]propyl-4-ethoxyphosphorylmethyl-2-oxazolidinone
The compound of Example 188 (330 mg) was dissolved in triethyl phosphite (120 μL) and the solution was refluxed for 3 hours. Subsequently, the reaction mixture was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1 to 1:5) to give the desired product as a pale yellow oil (320 mg).
FABMS: 604 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.31-1.35 (6H, m), 1.59-1.72 (2H, m), 1.84-1.88 (2H, m), 2.10 (1H, d, J=19.0 Hz), 2.11 (1H, d, J=19.0 Hz), 2.74 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 4.06-4.14 (5H, m), 4.17-4.20 (1H, m), 5.03 (2H, s), 5.89 (1H, br s), 6.88 (1H, dd, J=1.2, 7.3 Hz), 6.94-6.97 (2H, m), 7.10 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.24 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.41 (6H, m).
Example 286
2-amino-5-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 285 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 190 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 522 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.54-1.62 (2H, m), 1.72-1.78 (2H, m), 2.64-2.66 (2H, m), 3.20-3.31 (2H, m), 3.43-3.52 (2H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-6.90 (1H, m), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.21-7.24 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 7.9 Hz), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m).
m.p.=98-101° C.
Elemental analysis (%): C 25 H 29 ClNO 5 PS.HCl
C
H
N
Calcd:
53.77
5.41
2.51
Found:
54.18
5.29
2.49
Example 287
Dimethyl 7-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-1-heptenylphosphonate
The compound of Example 130 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting silyl product was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde. Subsequently, this aldehyde was reacted with methyl methylenebisphosphonate in the same manner as in Example 232 to obtain the desired product as a pale yellow oil.
FABMS: 790 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.04 (6H, s), 0.89 (9H, s), 1.30-1.37 (2H, m), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.50-1.60 (2H, m), 1.75-1.85 (2H, m), 2.68 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.64-3.70 (2H, m), 3.71 (6H, d, J=11.6 Hz), 4.77 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.67 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 18.3 Hz), 6.72 (1H, dd, J=17.1, 22.6 Hz), 6.67-6.88 (1H, m), 6.91-6.94 (2H, m), 7.11 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.14 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 7.9 Hz), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.39 (6H, m).
Example 288
Dimethyl 7-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-hydroxymethylheptylphosphonate
The compound of Example 287 was reduced in the same manner as in Reference Example 123 and the resulting compound (107 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (5.0 mL). A 1 mol/L TBAF-tetrahydrofuran solution (160 μL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, water was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (ethyl acetate only) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (47 mg).
FABMS: 678 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.42 (9H, s), 1.25-1.38 (6H, s), 1.70-1.80 (2H, m), 1.83-1.95 (2H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.62 (2H, br s), 3.75 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.63 (1H, br s), 5.02 (2H, s), 6.86-6.89 (1H, m), 6.92-6.94 (2H, m), 7.10-7.16 (2H, m), 7.21-7.23 (1H, m), 7.30-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 289
3-amino-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylheptylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 288, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 550 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.22-1.32 (2H, m), 1.48-1.60 (6H, m), 1.68-1.76 (2H, m), 2.64-2.68 (2H, m), 3.39-3.50 (2H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88-6.90 (1H, m), 6.95-6.99 (2H, m), 7.20 (1H, dd, J=1.9, 9.8 Hz), 7.28-7.40 (8H, m).
m.p.=180-183° C.
Example 290
3-amino-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-heptenylphosphonic acid
Following the same procedure as in Example 244, the compound of Example 287 was desilylated and the resulting product was reacted in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 548 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.27-1.38 (2H, m), 1.43-1.52 (2H, m), 1.61-1.72 (2H, m), 2.53-2.66 (2H, m), 3.46-3.58 (2H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.88-5.97 (1H, m), 6.06-6.17 (1H, m), 6.85-6.87 (1H, m), 6.94-6.96 (2H, m), 7.15-7.17 (1H, m), 7.26-7.38 (8H, m).
m.p.=258-260° C.
Example 291
Diethyl 6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-t-butyldimethylsilyloxy-1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxyhexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 128 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting silyl product was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde. This aldehyde was reacted as follows: a 1.58 mol/L-LDA-tetrahydrofuran solution (1.50 mL) was added to a tetrahydrofuran solution (9 mL) while the mixture was kept at −78° C. To the resulting mixture, diethyl difluoromethylphosphonate (372 μL) was added dropwise over 15 min and the mixture was stirred for 20 min. To this mixture, the aldehyde (490 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (1.0 mL) was added dropwise over 20 min while the internal temperature was kept at −73° C. or below. Subsequently, the mixture was stirred for 1.5 hours. A saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride was then added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=3:1) to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil (439 mg).
FABMS: 858 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.06 (6H, s), 0.88 (9H, s), 1.33-1.40 (6H, m), 1.46 (9H, s), 1.56-1.70 (4H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.82-3.84 (1H, m), 4.23-4.33 (6H, m), 5.02 (2H, s), 5.05 (1H, br s), 6.85-6.88 (1H, m), 6.91-6.95 (2H, m), 7.12-7.14 (2H, m), 7.22 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.31-7.40 (6H, m).
Example 292
Diethyl 3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
Following the same procedure as in Example 244, the compound of Example 291 was desilylated and the resulting product was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 644 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.22-1.27 (6H, m), 1.55-1.79 (4H, m), 2.62-2.65 (2H, m), 3.59-3.73 (2H, m), 4.04-4.11 (4H, m), 4.68-4.90 (1H, m), 5.09 (2H, s), 6.88-6.90 (1H, m), 6.94-7.00 (2H, m), 7.22-7.25 (1H, m), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m).
Example 293
3-amino-6-[4-(3-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-1,1-difluoro-2-hydroxy-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 292, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 588 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.55-1.86 (4H, m), 2.55-2.65 (2H, m), 3.51-3.67 (4H, m), 3.78-3.84 (1H, m), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.88 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 6.90-7.00 (2H, m), 7.20-7.23 (1H, m), 7.29-7.41 (8H, m).
Example 294
Dimethyl 3-t-butoxycarbonylamino-3-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]hexylphosphonate
The compound of Example 149 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl in the same manner as in Example 191. The resulting silyl product was oxidized in the same manner as in Example 193 to obtain an aldehyde. Subsequently, following the same procedure as in Example 232, this aldehyde was condensed with methyl methylenebisphosphonate and, following the same procedure as in Reference Example 123, the resulting product was reduced to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.04 (6H, s), 0.88 (9H, s), 1.42 (9H, s), 1.56-1.64 (4H, m), 1.64-1.77 (2H, m), 1.90-1.97 (2H, m), 2.69 (2H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 3.49-3.58 (2H, m), 3.73 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.47 (1H, br s), 6.85 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.01 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 7.14-7.18 (2H, m), 7.25-7.26 (1H, m), 7.36 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.45 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz).
Example 295
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
Following the same procedure as in Example 244, the compound of Example 294 was desilylated and the resulting product was reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 510 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.54-1.64 (4H, m), 1.67-1.80 (4H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 3.40-3.41 (2H, m), 3.68 (6H, d, J=10.4 Hz), 5.51 (1H, br s), 7.03 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz), 7.20 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.28-7.29 (1H, m), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.39 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.51 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.63 (1H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 7.91 (3H, br s).
Example 296
3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonic acid
Using the compound of Example 295, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 236 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 482 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.48-1.60 (6H, m), 1.60-1.75 (2H, m), 2.60-2.67 (2H, m), 3.40 (2H, s), 7.01 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 7.9 Hz), 7.15-7.19 (1H, m), 7.28 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.39 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.50 (1H, d, J=7.9 Hz), 7.62 (1H, t, J=7.9), 7.77-8.11 (3H, br).
Example 297
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 76 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 294 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 295 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 525 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.46-1.62 (4H, m), 1.62-1.83 (4H, m), 2.64-2.66 (2H, m), 3.40-3.45 (2H, m), 3.61 (6H, d, J=10.4 Hz), 7.34 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 8.0 Hz), 7.40-7.42 (1H, m), 7.49 (1H, dd, J=1.8 Hz), 7.54-7.56 (1H, m), 7.59-7.62 (2H, m), 7.66-7.68 (1H, m), 7.86 (3H, br s).
Example 298
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-t-butyldimethylsiloxymethyl-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-1-dimethoxyphosphoryloxypentane
Following the same procedure as in Example 191, the compound of Example 76 was reacted with t-BuMe 2 SiCl and, following the same procedure as in Example 223, the resulting silyl product was reacted to give the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 741 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.05 (6H, s), 0.87 (9H, s), 1.41 (9H, s), 1.60-1.91 (4H, m), 2.71 (2H, t, J=7.9 Hz), 3.60 (1H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 3.64 (1H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 3.76 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 4.09-4.15 (2H, m), 4.66 (1H, br), 7.14-7.20 (2H, m), 7.30-7.55 (5H, m).
Example 299
2-amino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenylthio)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
To a tetrahydrofuran solution (20 mL) of the compound of Example 298 (1.29 g), a 1 mol/L TBAF-tetrahydrofuran solution (2.09 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. Subsequently, water was added and the reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The extract was washed sequentially with water and a saturated aqueous solution of sodium chloride and the organic phase was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. The solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=1:1 to ethyl acetate only) to obtain a desilylated product as a colorless oil (1.00 g). The resulting compound (1.00 g) was dissolved in a 10% hydrochloric acid-methanol solution (20 mL) and the mixture was left overnight at room temperature. Subsequently, the solvent was removed by distillation and the residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate. The solution was neutralized with triethylamine. The crystallized triethylamine hydrochloride was separated by filtration and the solvent was removed by distillation to give a colorless oil (1.00 g). The oil was dissolved in acetonitrile (15 mL) while the solution was chilled in an ice bath. To this solution, TMSI (905 μL) was added and the mixture was stirred for 60 min. The reaction mixture was concentrated and was purified on a silica gel column chromatography (water:acetonitrile=9:1 to 6:1 to 3:1 to 1:1 to acetonitrile only) to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder (384 g).
FABMS: 500 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.60 (4H, br s), 2.66 (2H, br s), 3.36-3.45 (2H, m), 3.68-3.76 (2H, m), 7.32 (1H, dd, J=1.8, 8.5 Hz), 7.38-7.45 (2H, m), 7.50-7.56 (1H, m), 7.57-7.68 (3H, m).
Elemental analysis (%): C 19 H 22 ClF 5 NO 5 PS.1/4H 2 O
C
H
N
Calcd:
45.24
4.50
2.78
Found:
45.05
4.31
2.72
Example 300
2-amino-5-[2-chloro-4-(3-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonate monoester
The compound of Example 149 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 298 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 299 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 484 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.61 (4H, br), 2.64 (2H, br), 3.41 (1H, d, J=11.6 Hz), 3.51 (1H, d, J=11.6 Hz), 3.69-3.80 (2H, m), 7.00 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.16 (1H, d, J=2.5 Hz), 7.29 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.35 (1H, s), 7.40 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.50 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.61 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz).
Example 301
2-amino-4-[2-chloro-4-(3-hydroxyphenylthio)phenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester
Using the compound of Example 223, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 238 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 434 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.72-1.92 (2H, m), 2.63-2.82 (2H, m), 3.48-3.60 (2H, m), 3.71-3.90 (2H, m), 6.66-6.78 (3H, m), 7.14-7.37 (4H, m).
Example 302
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]propyl-1,3-propanediol
The compound of Reference Example 323 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 and the resulting compound was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.57-1.74 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 3.33 (2H, br s), 3.61 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 3.84 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 4.93 (1H, br s), 6.89 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.0 Hz), 6.98-7.07 (3H, m), 7.21 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.59 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz).
Example 303
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[2-chloro-4-(2-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]propyl-1,3-propanediol
The compound of Reference Example 324 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 and the resulting compound was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 504 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.44 (9H, s), 1.58-1.66 (4H, m), 2.70 (2H, t, J=6.7 Hz), 3.35 (2H, br s), 3.60 (2H, d,d, J=7.3, 11.6 Hz), 3.84 (2H, d,d, J=7.3, 11.6 Hz), 4.92 (1H, br s), 6.87 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.0 Hz), 6.96 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz), 7.03 (1H, d=2.5 Hz), 7.15-7.22 (2H, m), 7.48 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 7.68 (1H, d, J=6.7 Hz).
Example 304
2-t-butoxycarbonylamino-2-[4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]ethyl-1,3-propanediol
The compound of Reference Example 327 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 1 and the resulting compound was reduced in the same manner as in Example 76 to obtain the desired product as a colorless oil.
FABMS: 543 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.45 (9H, s), 1.78-1.84 (2H, m), 2.64-2.71 (2H, m), 3.23-3.39 (2H, m), 3.65 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 3.84 (2H, d,d, J=6.7, 11.6 Hz), 5.07 (1H, s), 5.08 (2H, s), 6.96-7.00 (3H, m), 7.07-7.13 (2H, m), 7.345-7.44 (7H, m).
Example 305
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 302 was treated in the same manner as in Example 294 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 295 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 510 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.51-1.60 (4H, m), 1.65-1.82 (4H, m), 2.68 (2H, br s), 3.42 (2H, s), 3.61 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 7.08 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz), 7.15 (2H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.26 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.42 (1H, s, 8.6 Hz), 7.75 (2H, d, 8.6 HzHz), 7.89 (3H, br s).
Example 306
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethyl-1-hexenylphosphonate hydrochloride
The compound of Example 303 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 287 and the resulting compound was desilylated in the same manner as in Example 244. The desilylated product was then reacted in the same manner as in Example 233 to obtain the desired product as an amorphous product.
FABMS: 508 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.42-1.62 (2H, m), 1.68-1.82 (2H, m), 2.66 (2H, t, J=2.7 Hz), 3.42 (2H, br s), 3.60 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 6.00 (1H, t, J=17.7 Hz), 6.56 (1H, dd, J=17.7, 22.6 Hz), 6.97 (1H, dd, J=2.5, 8.6 Hz), 7.11 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.13 (1H, d=2.5 Hz), 7.32-7.40 (2H, m), 7.67 (1H, t, J=8.0 Hz), 7.79 (1H, t, J=7.3 Hz), 8.22-8.38 (3H, br s).
Example 307
Dimethyl 3-amino-6-[2-chloro-4-(4-trifluoromethylphenoxy)phenyl]-3-hydroxymethylhexylphosphonate hydrochloride
Using the compound of Example 303, the reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 305 to obtain the desired product as a colorless amorphous product.
FABMS: 510 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.50-1.60 (4H, m), 1.65-1.82 (4H, m), 2.60-2.70 (2H, m), 3.52-3.55 (2H, m), 3.61 (6H, d, J=11.0 Hz), 6.98 (1H, dd, J=2.4, 8.6 Hz), 7.08 (1H, d, J=8.6 Hz), 7.13 (1H, d, J=2.4 Hz), 7.33-7.41 (2H, m), 7.68 (1H, t, J=7.3), 7.80 (1H, d, J=7.3 Hz), 7.75-7.85 (3H, br s).
Example 308
3-amino-5-[4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-3-hydroxymethylpentylphosphonic acid
The compound of Example 304 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 294 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 290 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 522 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.47-1.62 (2H, m), 1.62-1.91 (4H, m), 2.55-2.67 (2H, m), 3.40-3.54 (2H, m), 5.12 (2H, s), 6.98-7.10 (4H, m), 7.25-7.51 (8H, m).
Example 309
2-amino-4-[4-(4-benzyloxyphenylthio)-2-chlorophenyl]-2-hydroxymethylbutylphosphonate monoester
The compound of Example 304 was reacted in the same manner as in Example 298 and the resulting compound was reacted in the same manner as in Example 299 to obtain the desired product as a colorless powder.
FABMS: 524 ([M+H] + ).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, DMSOd 6 ) δ 1.70-1.77 (2H, m), 2.65-2.69 (2H, m), 3.49-3.53 (2H, m), 3.72-3.86 (2H, m), 5.13 (2H, s), 7.06-7.10 (4H, m), 7.25-7.27 (1H, m), 7.33-7.46 (7H, m).
Next, some experiment examples will be described, that demonstrate the efficacy of the compound of the present invention.
Experiment Example 1
Test for the Ability of Test Compounds to Induce Intracellular Ca 2+ Mobilization in Cells Expressing Human S1P (Sphingosine-1-Phosphate) Receptors
CHO cells expressing human S1P receptors (i.e., CHO cells expressing hS1P 1 receptors or hS1P 3 receptors) were subcultured on Ham's F-12 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 200 μg/mL Geneticin. The cells were seeded on a 96-well black clear bottom plate (COSTAR) at 4×10 4 cells/well and were cultured overnight at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . A fluorescent reagent that emits fluorescence upon binding to Ca 2+ (Calcium Screening Kit (DOJINDO)) was added to the culture and the cells were further cultured for 60 min at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . After culturing, microplate spectrofluorometer (FLEX station, MOLECULAR DEVICE) was used to measure the fluorescence intensity at an excitation wavelength of 485 nm and a detection wavelength of 525 nm. S1P or a test compound adjusted with cultural medium to a concentration 10 times higher than the final concentration (final DMSO concentration=0.1%). Each test compound solution was added 18 sec. after beginning of the measurement of fluorescence. The fluorescence intensity was measured every 1.5 sec for 100 sec. For each test compound, the difference between the maximum fluorescence intensity and the minimum fluorescence intensity (i.e., increase in fluorescence) was determined from the measurements. The rate of fluorescence increase (%) for each test compound was calculated by the difference (100%) of the fluorescence increase between solvent only and S1P (10 −6 M). Using this value as an index of the ability of the test compound to induce intracellular Ca 2+ mobilization, EC50 was determined by PRISM software (GraphPad). In Table 11, the symbol “−” indicates that the test compound was determined to have an EC50 of 1 μmol/L or higher, the symbol “+” indicates that the test compound had an EC50 of lower than 1 μmol/L and higher than or equal to 0.1 μmol/L, the symbol “++” indicates that the test compound had an EC50 of lower than 0.1 μmol/L and higher than or equal to 0.01 μmol/L, and the symbol “+++” indicates that the test compound had an EC50 of lower than 0.01 μmol/L.
TABLE 11
Example No.
S1P1
S1P3
236
++
++
237
+++
+++
238
+
−
239
+++
+++
240
++
+
241
+
−
242
+
−
249
++
+++
250
+
−
253
+
+
254
++
−
260
++
+
261
+
−
263
+++
+
265
+++
+
267
+++
−
269
++
−
280
+
+
283
++
++
284
++
+
286
++
−
290
+++
++
293
+
+
296
++
−
299
++
−
300
++
−
307
+
−
308
+
−
These results indicate that the compounds of the present invention act on human S1P receptors.
Experiment Example 2
Test for the Ability of Test Compounds to Induce Activation of Extracellular Regulatory Kinase (Erk) in Cells Expressing Human S1P Receptors
CHO cells expressing human S1P receptors (i.e., CHO cells expressing hS1P 4 receptors) were subcultured on Ham's F-12 medium supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum and 200 μg/mL Geneticin. The cells were seeded on a 6-well cell culture plate (COSTAR) at 3×10 5 cells/well and were cultured overnight at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . On the following day, the medium was replaced with FBS-free Ham's F-12 medium (containing 0.1% fatty acid-free bovine serum albumin) and the cells were cultured overnight at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . S1P or a test compound adjusted with Ham's F-12 medium (with 0.1% fatty acid-free bovine serum albumin) to a concentration 10 times higher than the final concentration (final DMSO concentration=0.1%). Each test compound solution was added to this culture plate. The cells were cultured for 5 min at 37° C. in 5% CO 2 . The medium was removed and the cells were washed with a 200 μmol/L ice-cold PBS containing Na 3 VO 4 . A lysis buffer (20 mmol/L Tris-HCl pH7.5, 1% Triton X-100, 1 mmol/L EDTA, 1 mmol/L EGTA, 0.5 mmol/L Na 3 VO 4 , 0.1% β-mercaptoethanol, 50 mmol/L NaF, 5 mmol/L Na 4 O 7 P 3 , 10 mmol/L C 3 H 7 O 6 Na, 1 μmol/L Microcystin LR, 1× Complete Protease Inhibitor Cocktail (ROCHE)) was then added to the cells and the reaction was carried out on ice for 5 min to lyse the cells. The cell lysate was subjected to sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (SDS-PAGE) to separate proteins. The proteins were transferred to a PVDF membrane (Hybond-P, Amersham Biosciences). The membrane was reacted overnight at 4° C. with anti-phospho ERK (p42/44 MAPK) monoclonal antibody (E10, Cell Signaling Technologies) diluted 1000-fold, and was subsequently reacted for 1 hour at room temperature with alkaline phosphatase-labeled anti-mouse IgG antibody (Molecular Probe) diluted 6000-fold. After washing with 20 mmol/L Tris-HCl and 150 mmol/L NaCl solution, the PVDF membrane was fluorostained with DDAO phosphate (DyeChrome Western Blot Stain Kit, Molecular Probe), a fluorescent substrate of alkaline phosphatase. The fluorescence was detected using a variable image analyzer (Typhoon 8600, Amersham Biosciences). The detected signal of phosphorylated ERK was quantified using ImageQuant software (Molecular Dynamics). The rate of ERK activation (%) for each test compound was calculated by the difference (100%) of the signal intensity between solvent only and S1P (10 −6 mol/L). The results are shown in Table 12 below.
TABLE 12
Induction effect of ERK
Compound
activation on hS1P-expressing
Example
Conc.
CHO cells (Activation rate (%) relative
No.
(nmol/L)
to the activated ERK at S1P10-6 mol/L)
236
1
8.0
10
119.5
237
1
35.8
10
80.7
These results indicate that the compounds of the present invention induce ERK activation by acting on human S1P receptors.
Experiment Example 3
Inhibitory Effects of Test Compounds on Host Vs. Graft Rejection in Mice
This experiment was performed according to the method described in Transplantation 55(3) (1993): 578-591. Spleens were collected from 6 to 16 week old male BALB/c mice (CHARLES RIVER JAPAN). The spleens were placed in an RPMI-1640 medium (SIGMA) and were gently pressed between two slide glasses and then passed through a cell strainer (70 μm, Falcon) to form a cell suspension. The suspension was then centrifuged and the supernatant was discarded. An ammonium chloride-Tris isotonic buffer was added to the suspension to lyse erythrocytes. The cells were then centrifuged three times in RPMI-1640 medium for washing and were resuspended in an RPMI-1640 medium. To this suspension, mitomycin C (KYOWA HAKKO KOGYO Co., Ltd.) was added to a final concentration of 25 μg/mL and the suspension was incubated for 30 minutes at 37° C. in a 5% CO 2 atmosphere. The cells were centrifuged three times in RPMI-1640 medium for washing and were resuspended in an RPMI-1640 medium so that the medium would contain 2.5×10 8 cells/mL. This suspension served as a “stimulation cell suspension.” Using a 27 G needle with a microsyringe (Hamilton), 20 μL (5×10 6 cells/mouse) of the stimulation cell suspension was subcutaneously injected into the right hind footpad of 6 to 8 week old male C3H/HeN mice (CLEA JAPAN). Normal control group was injected with RPMI-1640 medium alone. 4 days after the injection, right popliteal lymph nodes were collected and were weighed on a Mettler AT201 electronic scale (METTLER TOLEDO Co., Ltd.). Each animal was intraperitoneally administered a test compound once a day for four consecutive days starting on the day of the injection of the stimulation cells (i.e., total of 4 times). Control groups were administered the same vehicle as that used in the preparation of each test compound. The results are shown in Table 13 below. The inhibition (%) was determined using the following formula
{[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of positive control group]−[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of test compound group]×100}/{[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of positive control group]−[Weight of right popliteal lymph nodes of normal control group]} Formula 1
TABLE 13
Example
Dose
Inhibition
No.
(mg/kg)
(%)
233
30
53
235
30
56
236
0.03
73
237
0.1
75
238
3
65
239
0.03
65
241
10
46
242
10
62
247
0.03
63
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
As set forth, the present invention has been devised in recognition of the fact that the novel aminophosphonic acid derivatives with a diarylsulfide or diarylether group exhibit a strong ability to modulate S1P receptors. Effective modulators of S1P receptors, the compounds of the present invention have a great potential as a prophylactic or therapeutic agent against peripheral vascular diseases, such as arteriosclerosis, arteriosclerosis obliterans, renal fibrosis, hepatic fibrosis, chronic bronchial asthma, diffuse pulmonary hamartoangiomyomatosis, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), interstitial pneumonia, idiopathic interstitial pneumonia, lung cancer, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, Buerger's disease, diabetic neuropathy, septicemia, angiitis, nephritis, pneumonia, cerebral infarction, myocardial infarction, edema, varicose veins, dissecting arterial aneurysm, stenocardia, DIC, pleuritis, congestive heart failure, multiple organ failure, bed sore, burn, ulcerative colitis and Crohn's disease. The compounds of the present invention also act as effective prophylactic or therapeutic agents against rejection of heart transplants, kidney transplants, skin grafts, liver transplants and bone marrow transplants, or against rheumatoid arthritis, lupus nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, Hashimoto's disease, multiple sclerosis, myasthenia gravis, diabetes, atopic dermatitis, allergic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, allergic contact dermatitis and various other diseases.
You are contracting for Aminophosphonic acid derivative, salt thereof, and modulator of sip receptor
Expert Aminophosphonic acid derivative, salt thereof, and modulator of sip receptor
You are commenting for Aminophosphonic acid derivative, salt thereof, and modulator of sip receptor